zxs-un
/
illumos-port-bash
mirror of https://github.com/n-hys/bash.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
illumos-port-bash/subst.c

12077 lines
332 KiB
C
Raw Permalink Blame History

/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic,
and globbing substitutions. */
/* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
/* Copyright (C) 1987-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "bashtypes.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include "chartypes.h"
#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
# include <pwd.h>
#endif
#include <signal.h>
#include <errno.h>
#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#define NEED_FPURGE_DECL
#include "bashansi.h"
#include "posixstat.h"
#include "bashintl.h"
#include "shell.h"
#include "parser.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "jobs.h"
#include "execute_cmd.h"
#include "filecntl.h"
#include "trap.h"
#include "pathexp.h"
#include "mailcheck.h"
#include "shmbutil.h"
#if defined (HAVE_MBSTR_H) && defined (HAVE_MBSCHR)
# include <mbstr.h> /* mbschr */
#endif
#include "typemax.h"
#include "builtins/getopt.h"
#include "builtins/common.h"
#include "builtins/builtext.h"
#include <tilde/tilde.h>
#include <glob/strmatch.h>
#if !defined (errno)
extern int errno;
#endif /* !errno */
/* The size that strings change by. */
#define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112
#define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128
/* Variable types. */
#define VT_VARIABLE 0
#define VT_POSPARMS 1
#define VT_ARRAYVAR 2
#define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
#define VT_ASSOCVAR 4
#define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
/* Flags for quoted_strchr */
#define ST_BACKSL 0x01
#define ST_CTLESC 0x02
#define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
#define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
/* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
#define LBRACE '{'
#define RBRACE '}'
#define LPAREN '('
#define RPAREN ')'
#define LBRACK '['
#define RBRACK ']'
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
#define WLPAREN L'('
#define WRPAREN L')'
#endif
#define DOLLAR_AT_STAR(c) ((c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
#define STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR(s) (DOLLAR_AT_STAR ((s)[0]) && (s)[1] == '\0')
/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#' || (c) == '@')
/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
indirect variable reference may be made. */
#define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
#define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
/* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
#define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
(*name && ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
(name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
(wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]))))
/* This can be used by all of the *_extract_* functions that have a similar
structure. It can't just be wrapped in a do...while(0) loop because of
the embedded `break'. The dangling else accommodates a trailing semicolon;
we could also put in a do ; while (0) */
#define CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN(oind, ind, len, ch) \
if (ind >= len) \
{ \
oind = len; \
ch = 0; \
break; \
} \
else \
/* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
expand_string_if_necessary(). */
typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC PARAMS((char *, int));
/* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
char *ifs_value;
unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
int ifs_is_set, ifs_is_null;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX];
size_t ifs_firstc_len;
#else
unsigned char ifs_firstc;
#endif
/* If non-zero, command substitution inherits the value of errexit option */
int inherit_errexit = 0;
/* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a
command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure
we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */
int assigning_in_environment;
/* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */
WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
/* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
a null file. */
int allow_null_glob_expansion;
/* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
int fail_glob_expansion;
/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
extern int wordexp_only;
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
extern PROCESS *last_procsub_child;
#endif
#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
extern wchar_t *wcsdup PARAMS((const wchar_t *));
#endif
#if 0
/* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
(CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
char *glob_argv_flags;
static int glob_argv_flags_size;
#endif
static WORD_LIST *cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0;
/* Distinguished error values to return from expansion functions */
static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal;
static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error, expand_wdesc_fatal;
static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal, expand_param_unset;
static char extract_string_error, extract_string_fatal;
/* Set by expand_word_unsplit and several of the expand_string_XXX functions;
used to inhibit splitting and re-joining $* on $IFS, primarily when doing
assignment statements. The idea is that if we're in a context where this
is set, we're not going to be performing word splitting, so we use the same
rules to expand $* as we would if it appeared within double quotes. */
static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
/* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
without any leading variable assignments. */
static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
static char *quoted_substring PARAMS((char *, int, int));
static int quoted_strlen PARAMS((char *));
static char *quoted_strchr PARAMS((char *, int, int));
static char *expand_string_if_necessary PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal PARAMS((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal PARAMS((char *, int));
static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted PARAMS((char *, int));
static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_pat PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *));
static char *quote_escapes_internal PARAMS((const char *, int));
static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
static WORD_LIST *list_dequote_escapes PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
static char *make_quoted_char PARAMS((int));
static WORD_LIST *quote_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
static int unquoted_substring PARAMS((char *, char *));
static int unquoted_member PARAMS((int, char *));
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static SHELL_VAR *do_compound_assignment PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
#endif
static int do_assignment_internal PARAMS((const WORD_DESC *, int));
static char *string_extract_verbatim PARAMS((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int));
static char *string_extract PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, int));
static char *string_extract_double_quoted PARAMS((char *, int *, int));
static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted PARAMS((char *, int *));
static inline int skip_single_quoted PARAMS((const char *, size_t, int, int));
static int skip_double_quoted PARAMS((char *, size_t, int, int));
static char *extract_delimited_string PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
static char *extract_dollar_brace_string PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int));
static int skip_matched_pair PARAMS((const char *, int, int, int, int));
static char *pos_params PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int));
static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens PARAMS((char *, int));
static char *remove_upattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
static wchar_t *remove_wpattern PARAMS((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
#endif
static char *remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
static int match_upattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
static int match_wpattern PARAMS((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
#endif
static int match_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
static int getpatspec PARAMS((int, char *));
static char *getpattern PARAMS((char *, int, int));
static char *variable_remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
static char *list_remove_pattern PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int));
static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern PARAMS((int, char *, int, int));
#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
static char *array_remove_pattern PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *, int, int, int));
#endif
static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
static char *string_var_assignment PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *));
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static char *array_var_assignment PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, int, int, int));
#endif
static char *pos_params_assignment PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int, int));
static char *string_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, char *));
static char *list_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, WORD_LIST *, int, int));
static char *parameter_list_transform PARAMS((int, int, int));
#if defined ARRAY_VARS
static char *array_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, int, int));
#endif
static char *parameter_brace_transform PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int, int));
static int valid_parameter_transform PARAMS((char *));
static char *process_substitute PARAMS((char *, int));
static char *read_comsub PARAMS((int, int, int, int *));
#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
static arrayind_t array_length_reference PARAMS((char *));
#endif
static int valid_brace_expansion_word PARAMS((char *, int));
static int chk_atstar PARAMS((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
static int chk_arithsub PARAMS((const char *, int));
static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_word PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, arrayind_t *));
static char *parameter_brace_find_indir PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_indir PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_rhs PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
static void parameter_brace_expand_error PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
static int valid_length_expression PARAMS((char *));
static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length PARAMS((char *));
static char *skiparith PARAMS((char *, int));
static int verify_substring_values PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
static int get_var_and_type PARAMS((char *, char *, arrayind_t, int, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **));
static char *mb_substring PARAMS((char *, int, int));
static char *parameter_brace_substring PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
static int shouldexp_replacement PARAMS((char *));
static char *pos_params_pat_subst PARAMS((char *, char *, char *, int));
static char *parameter_brace_patsub PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
static char *pos_params_casemod PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
static char *parameter_brace_casemod PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, char *, int, int, int));
static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *));
static WORD_DESC *param_expand PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal PARAMS((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
static WORD_LIST *word_list_split PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
static void exp_jump_to_top_level PARAMS((int));
static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
#ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
#endif
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static int make_internal_declare PARAMS((char *, char *, char *));
static void expand_compound_assignment_word PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
static WORD_LIST *expand_declaration_argument PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, WORD_LIST *));
#endif
static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Utility Functions */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
#if defined (DEBUG)
void
dump_word_flags (flags)
int flags;
{
int f;
f = flags;
fprintf (stderr, "%d -> ", f);
if (f & W_ARRAYIND)
{
f &= ~W_ARRAYIND;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ARRAYIND%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
{
f &= ~W_ASSIGNASSOC;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ASSIGNARRAY)
{
f &= ~W_ASSIGNARRAY;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARRAY%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)
{
f &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
fprintf (stderr, "W_SAWQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOPROCSUB)
{
f &= ~W_NOPROCSUB;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_DQUOTE)
{
f &= ~W_DQUOTE;
fprintf (stderr, "W_DQUOTE%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)
{
f &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
fprintf (stderr, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ASSIGNARG)
{
f &= ~W_ASSIGNARG;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ASSNBLTIN)
{
f &= ~W_ASSNBLTIN;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ASSNGLOBAL)
{
f &= ~W_ASSNGLOBAL;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNGLOBAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_COMPASSIGN)
{
f &= ~W_COMPASSIGN;
fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_EXPANDRHS)
{
f &= ~W_EXPANDRHS;
fprintf (stderr, "W_EXPANDRHS%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ITILDE)
{
f &= ~W_ITILDE;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ITILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOTILDE)
{
f &= ~W_NOTILDE;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOTILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ASSIGNRHS)
{
f &= ~W_ASSIGNRHS;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOASSNTILDE)
{
f &= ~W_NOASSNTILDE;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOASSNTILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOCOMSUB)
{
f &= ~W_NOCOMSUB;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_DOLLARSTAR)
{
f &= ~W_DOLLARSTAR;
fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARSTAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_DOLLARAT)
{
f &= ~W_DOLLARAT;
fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_TILDEEXP)
{
f &= ~W_TILDEEXP;
fprintf (stderr, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOSPLIT2)
{
f &= ~W_NOSPLIT2;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOSPLIT)
{
f &= ~W_NOSPLIT;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOBRACE)
{
f &= ~W_NOBRACE;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOBRACE%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_NOGLOB)
{
f &= ~W_NOGLOB;
fprintf (stderr, "W_NOGLOB%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_SPLITSPACE)
{
f &= ~W_SPLITSPACE;
fprintf (stderr, "W_SPLITSPACE%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_ASSIGNMENT)
{
f &= ~W_ASSIGNMENT;
fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_QUOTED)
{
f &= ~W_QUOTED;
fprintf (stderr, "W_QUOTED%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_HASDOLLAR)
{
f &= ~W_HASDOLLAR;
fprintf (stderr, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_COMPLETE)
{
f &= ~W_COMPLETE;
fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPLETE%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_CHKLOCAL)
{
f &= ~W_CHKLOCAL;
fprintf (stderr, "W_CHKLOCAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
if (f & W_FORCELOCAL)
{
f &= ~W_FORCELOCAL;
fprintf (stderr, "W_FORCELOCAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
}
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
fflush (stderr);
}
#endif
#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
static char *
quoted_substring (string, start, end)
char *string;
int start, end;
{
register int len, l;
register char *result, *s, *r;
len = end - start;
/* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */
for (s = string, l = 0; *s && l < start; )
{
if (*s == CTLESC)
{
s++;
continue;
}
l++;
if (*s == 0)
break;
}
r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */
/* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
s = string + l;
for (l = 0; l < len; s++)
{
if (*s == CTLESC)
*r++ = *s++;
*r++ = *s;
l++;
if (*s == 0)
break;
}
*r = '\0';
return result;
}
#endif
#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
/* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
static int
quoted_strlen (s)
char *s;
{
register char *p;
int i;
i = 0;
for (p = s; *p; p++)
{
if (*p == CTLESC)
{
p++;
if (*p == 0)
return (i + 1);
}
i++;
}
return i;
}
#endif
#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
/* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
static char *
quoted_strchr (s, c, flags)
char *s;
int c, flags;
{
register char *p;
for (p = s; *p; p++)
{
if (((flags & ST_BACKSL) && *p == '\\')
|| ((flags & ST_CTLESC) && *p == CTLESC))
{
p++;
if (*p == '\0')
return ((char *)NULL);
continue;
}
else if (*p == c)
return p;
}
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
static int
unquoted_member (character, string)
int character;
char *string;
{
size_t slen;
int sindex, c;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string);
sindex = 0;
while (c = string[sindex])
{
if (c == character)
return (1);
switch (c)
{
default:
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
case '\\':
sindex++;
if (string[sindex])
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
case '\'':
sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
case '"':
sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
}
}
return (0);
}
/* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */
static int
unquoted_substring (substr, string)
char *substr, *string;
{
size_t slen;
int sindex, c, sublen;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0')
return (0);
slen = strlen (string);
sublen = strlen (substr);
for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; )
{
if (STREQN (string + sindex, substr, sublen))
return (1);
switch (c)
{
case '\\':
sindex++;
if (string[sindex])
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
case '\'':
sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
case '"':
sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
default:
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
}
}
return (0);
}
#endif
/* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a
pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string
where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a
pointer to an integer which is the current length of the
character array for this string. */
/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
INLINE char *
sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size)
char *source, *target;
int *indx;
size_t *size;
{
if (source)
{
int n;
size_t srclen;
srclen = STRLEN (source);
if (srclen >= (int)(*size - *indx))
{
n = srclen + *indx;
n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n));
}
FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen);
*indx += srclen;
target[*indx] = '\0';
free (source);
}
return (target);
}
#if 0
/* UNUSED */
/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
char *
sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size)
intmax_t number;
char *target;
int *indx;
size_t *size;
{
char *temp;
temp = itos (number);
return (sub_append_string (temp, target, indx, size));
}
#endif
/* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME)
is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must
contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */
static char *
string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags)
char *string;
int *sindex;
char *charlist;
int flags;
{
register int c, i;
int found;
size_t slen;
char *temp;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
i = *sindex;
found = 0;
while (c = string[i])
{
if (c == '\\')
{
if (string[i + 1])
i++;
else
break;
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
else if ((flags & SX_VARNAME) && c == LBRACK)
{
int ni;
/* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
ni = skipsubscript (string, i, 0);
if (string[ni] == RBRACK)
i = ni;
}
#endif
else if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
{
found = 1;
break;
}
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
/* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an
error and let the caller deal with it. */
if ((flags & SX_REQMATCH) && found == 0)
{
*sindex = i;
return (&extract_string_error);
}
temp = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
return (temp);
}
/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes.
SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double
quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
static char *
string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, flags)
char *string;
int *sindex, flags;
{
size_t slen;
char *send;
int j, i, t;
unsigned char c;
char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */
int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */
int dquote;
int stripdq;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
send = string + slen;
stripdq = (flags & SX_STRIPDQ);
pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0;
temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex);
j = 0;
i = *sindex;
while (c = string[i])
{
/* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
if (pass_next)
{
/* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */
/* Posix.2 sez:
``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
character only when followed by one of the characters:
$ ` " \ <newline>''.
If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
we have already been through one round of backslash stripping,
and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
/* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
backslashes before characters for which the backslash
retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
front of other characters. If we are not in an
embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
This mess is necessary because the string was already
surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
quoting rules).
The returned string will be run through expansion as if
it were double-quoted. */
if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') ||
(stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0)))
temp[j++] = '\\';
pass_next = 0;
add_one_character:
COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i);
continue;
}
/* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above
handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but
a double quote. */
if (c == '\\')
{
pass_next++;
i++;
continue;
}
/* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the
initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote
that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters
removed, defines that command''. */
if (backquote)
{
if (c == '`')
backquote = 0;
temp[j++] = c; /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
i++;
continue;
}
if (c == '`')
{
temp[j++] = c;
backquote++;
i++;
continue;
}
/* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted
${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
{
int free_ret = 1;
si = i + 2;
if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, (flags & SX_COMPLETE));
else
ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0);
temp[j++] = '$';
temp[j++] = string[i + 1];
/* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
is set. */
if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error)
{
free_ret = 0;
ret = string + i + 2;
}
/* XXX - CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN here? */
for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
temp[j] = ret[t];
temp[j] = string[si];
if (si < i + 2) /* we went back? */
i += 2;
else if (string[si])
{
j++;
i = si + 1;
}
else
i = si;
if (free_ret)
free (ret);
continue;
}
/* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
accumulating. */
if (c != '"')
goto add_one_character;
/* c == '"' */
if (stripdq)
{
dquote ^= 1;
i++;
continue;
}
break;
}
temp[j] = '\0';
/* Point to after the closing quote. */
if (c)
i++;
*sindex = i;
return (temp);
}
/* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
static int
skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind, flags)
char *string;
size_t slen;
int sind;
int flags;
{
int c, i;
char *ret;
int pass_next, backquote, si;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
pass_next = backquote = 0;
i = sind;
while (c = string[i])
{
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '\\')
{
pass_next++;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (backquote)
{
if (c == '`')
backquote = 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '`')
{
backquote++;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, SX_NOALLOC|(flags&SX_COMPLETE));
else
ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, SX_NOALLOC);
/* These can consume the entire string if they are unterminated */
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
else if (c != '"')
{
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else
break;
}
if (c)
i++;
return (i);
}
/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
the closing single quote. */
static inline char *
string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex)
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
register int i;
size_t slen;
char *t;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
/* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
i = *sindex;
while (string[i] && string[i] != '\'')
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
t = substring (string, *sindex, i);
if (string[i])
i++;
*sindex = i;
return (t);
}
/* Skip over a single-quoted string. We overload the SX_COMPLETE flag to mean
that we are splitting out words for completion and have encountered a $'...'
string, which allows backslash-escaped single quotes. */
static inline int
skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind, flags)
const char *string;
size_t slen;
int sind;
int flags;
{
register int c;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
c = sind;
while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'')
{
if ((flags & SX_COMPLETE) && string[c] == '\\' && string[c+1] == '\'' && string[c+2])
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
}
if (string[c])
c++;
return c;
}
/* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
static char *
string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, sindex, charlist, flags)
char *string;
size_t slen;
int *sindex;
char *charlist;
int flags;
{
register int i;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
wchar_t *wcharlist;
#endif
int c;
char *temp;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) && charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
{
temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex);
--*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
return temp;
}
/* This can never be called with charlist == NULL. If *charlist == NULL,
we can skip the loop and just return a copy of the string, updating
*sindex */
if (*charlist == 0)
{
temp = string + *sindex;
c = (*sindex == 0) ? slen : STRLEN (temp);
temp = savestring (temp);
*sindex += c;
return temp;
}
i = *sindex;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
wcharlist = 0;
#endif
while (c = string[i])
{
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
size_t mblength;
#endif
if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) == 0 && c == CTLESC)
{
i += 2;
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, i, slen, c);
continue;
}
/* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL
through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to
remove_quoted_nulls. */
else if ((flags & SX_NOESCCTLNUL) == 0 && c == CTLESC && string[i+1] == CTLNUL)
{
i += 2;
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, i, slen, c);
continue;
}
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (locale_utf8locale && slen > i && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (string[i]))
mblength = (string[i] != 0) ? 1 : 0;
else
mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - i);
if (mblength > 1)
{
wchar_t wc;
mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i);
if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
{
if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
break;
}
else
{
if (wcharlist == 0)
{
size_t len;
len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0);
if (len == -1)
len = 0;
wcharlist = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len + 1));
mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len + 1);
}
if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc))
break;
}
}
else
#endif
if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
break;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
FREE (wcharlist);
#endif
temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
return (temp);
}
/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". )
XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */
char *
extract_command_subst (string, sindex, xflags)
char *string;
int *sindex;
int xflags;
{
char *ret;
if (string[*sindex] == LPAREN || (xflags & SX_COMPLETE))
return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", xflags|SX_COMMAND)); /*)*/
else
{
xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
ret = xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags);
return ret;
}
}
/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
char *
extract_arithmetic_subst (string, sindex)
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
}
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
char *
extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex, xflags)
char *string;
char *starter;
int *sindex;
int xflags;
{
#if 0
/* XXX - check xflags&SX_COMPLETE here? */
return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", SX_COMMAND));
#else
xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
return (xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags));
#endif
}
#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If
each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren,
we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */
char *
extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex)
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
int slen;
char *ret;
slen = strlen (string);
if (string[slen - 1] == RPAREN)
{
ret = substring (string, *sindex, slen - 1);
*sindex = slen - 1;
return ret;
}
return 0;
}
#endif
/* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a
character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is
the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit,
SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER.
If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null,
contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
needs to be skipped. */
static char *
extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags)
char *string;
int *sindex;
char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer;
int flags;
{
int i, c, si;
size_t slen;
char *t, *result;
int pass_character, nesting_level, in_comment;
int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
len_opener = STRLEN (opener);
len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener);
len_closer = STRLEN (closer);
pass_character = in_comment = 0;
nesting_level = 1;
i = *sindex;
while (nesting_level)
{
c = string[i];
/* If a recursive call or a call to ADVANCE_CHAR leaves the index beyond
the end of the string, catch it and cut the loop. */
if (i > slen)
{
i = slen;
c = string[i = slen];
break;
}
if (c == 0)
break;
if (in_comment)
{
if (c == '\n')
in_comment = 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */
{
pass_character = 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
/* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and
multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */
if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && c == '#' && (i == 0 || string[i - 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string[i - 1])))
{
in_comment = 1;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
{
pass_character++;
i++;
continue;
}
/* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an
arithmetic substitution. */
if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
{
si = i + 2;
t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
/* Process a nested OPENER. */
if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener))
{
si = i + len_opener;
t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
/* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */
if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener))
{
si = i + len_alt_opener;
t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
/* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement
the nesting level. */
if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer))
{
i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
nesting_level--;
if (nesting_level == 0)
break;
}
/* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
if (c == '`')
{
si = i + 1;
t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
/* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
{
si = i + 1;
i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si, 0)
: skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si, 0);
continue;
}
/* move past this character, which was not special. */
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
{
if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string);
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
else
{
*sindex = i;
return (char *)NULL;
}
}
si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1;
if (flags & SX_NOALLOC)
result = (char *)NULL;
else
{
result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si);
strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si);
result[si] = '\0';
}
*sindex = i;
return (result);
}
/* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING.
Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while
skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions.
SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX
gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this
occurs inside double quotes. */
/* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
static char *
extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags)
char *string;
int *sindex, quoted, flags;
{
register int i, c;
size_t slen;
int pass_character, nesting_level, si, dolbrace_state;
char *result, *t;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
pass_character = 0;
nesting_level = 1;
slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
/* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y:
parse_matched_pair(). The different initial value is to handle the
case where this function is called to parse the word in
${param op word} (SX_WORD). */
dolbrace_state = (flags & SX_WORD) ? DOLBRACE_WORD : DOLBRACE_PARAM;
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && (flags & SX_POSIXEXP))
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
i = *sindex;
while (c = string[i])
{
if (pass_character)
{
pass_character = 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
/* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */
if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
{
pass_character++;
i++;
continue;
}
if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE)
{
nesting_level++;
i += 2;
continue;
}
if (c == RBRACE)
{
nesting_level--;
if (nesting_level == 0)
break;
i++;
continue;
}
/* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through
verbatim. */
if (c == '`')
{
si = i + 1;
t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
/* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and
arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */
if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
{
si = i + 2;
t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
/* Technically this should only work at the start of a word */
if ((string[i] == '<' || string[i] == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
{
si = i + 2;
t = extract_process_subst (string, (string[i] == '<' ? "<(" : ">)"), &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
continue;
}
#endif
/* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
if (c == '"')
{
si = i + 1;
i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si, 0);
/* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
continue;
}
if (c == '\'')
{
/*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/
if (posixly_correct && shell_compatibility_level > 42 && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
else
{
si = i + 1;
i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si, 0);
}
continue;
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (c == LBRACK && dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM)
{
si = skipsubscript (string, i, 0);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
if (string[si] == RBRACK)
c = string[i = si];
}
#endif
/* move past this character, which was not special. */
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
/* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they
share the same defines. */
if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '%' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '#' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '/' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE2; /* XXX */
else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '^' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == ',' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
/* This is intended to handle all of the [:]op expansions and the substring/
length/pattern removal/pattern substitution expansions. */
else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) != 0)
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_OP;
else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_OP && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) == 0)
dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_WORD;
}
if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
{
if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
{ /* { */
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string);
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
else
{
*sindex = i;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
}
result = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
return (result);
}
/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
char *
de_backslash (string)
char *string;
{
register size_t slen;
register int i, j, prev_i;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string);
i = j = 0;
/* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
while (i < slen)
{
if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' ||
string[i + 1] == '$'))
i++;
prev_i = i;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
if (j < prev_i)
do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
else
j = i;
}
string[j] = '\0';
return (string);
}
#if 0
/*UNUSED*/
/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
void
unquote_bang (string)
char *string;
{
register int i, j;
register char *temp;
temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++)
{
if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '!')
{
temp[j] = '!';
i++;
}
}
strcpy (string, temp);
free (temp);
}
#endif
#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = oldjmp; return (x); } while (0)
/* This function assumes s[i] == open; returns with s[ret] == close; used to
parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means to not attempt to skip over
matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is
intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final
assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()) or
during execution by a builtin which has already undergone word expansion. */
static int
skip_matched_pair (string, start, open, close, flags)
const char *string;
int start, open, close, flags;
{
int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, count, oldjmp;
size_t slen;
char *temp, *ss;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
i = start + 1; /* skip over leading bracket */
count = 1;
pass_next = backq = 0;
ss = (char *)string;
while (c = string[i])
{
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
if (c == 0)
CQ_RETURN(i);
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '\\')
{
pass_next = 1;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (backq)
{
if (c == '`')
backq = 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '`')
{
backq = 1;
i++;
continue;
}
else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == open)
{
count++;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == close)
{
count--;
if (count == 0)
break;
i++;
continue;
}
else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c == '\'' || c == '"'))
{
i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss, slen, ++i, 0)
: skip_double_quoted (ss, slen, ++i, 0);
/* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
}
else if ((flags&1) == 0 && c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[si] == '\0')
CQ_RETURN(si);
/* XXX - extract_command_subst here? */
if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
temp = extract_delimited_string (ss, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
else
temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (ss, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si;
if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
break;
i++;
continue;
}
else
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
CQ_RETURN(i);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* Flags has 1 as a reserved value, since skip_matched_pair uses it for
skipping over quoted strings and taking the first instance of the
closing character. */
int
skipsubscript (string, start, flags)
const char *string;
int start, flags;
{
return (skip_matched_pair (string, start, '[', ']', flags));
}
#endif
/* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
functions of that ilk. */
int
skip_to_delim (string, start, delims, flags)
char *string;
int start;
char *delims;
int flags;
{
int i, pass_next, backq, dquote, si, c, oldjmp;
int invert, skipquote, skipcmd, noprocsub, completeflag;
int arithexp, skipcol;
size_t slen;
char *temp, open[3];
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
if (flags & SD_NOJMP)
no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
invert = (flags & SD_INVERT);
skipcmd = (flags & SD_NOSKIPCMD) == 0;
noprocsub = (flags & SD_NOPROCSUB);
completeflag = (flags & SD_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0;
arithexp = (flags & SD_ARITHEXP);
skipcol = 0;
i = start;
pass_next = backq = dquote = 0;
while (c = string[i])
{
/* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters
and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not
test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or
double-quoted strings. */
skipquote = ((flags & SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) && (c == '\'' || c =='"'));
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
if (c == 0)
CQ_RETURN(i);
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '\\')
{
pass_next = 1;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (backq)
{
if (c == '`')
backq = 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '`')
{
backq = 1;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (arithexp && skipcol && c == ':')
{
skipcol--;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (arithexp && c == '?')
{
skipcol++;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (skipquote == 0 && invert == 0 && member (c, delims))
break;
/* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
delimiter. */
/* special case for programmable completion which takes place before
parser converts backslash-escaped single quotes between $'...' to
`regular' single-quoted strings. */
else if (completeflag && i > 0 && string[i-1] == '$' && c == '\'')
i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, SX_COMPLETE);
else if (c == '\'')
i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0);
else if (c == '"')
i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, completeflag);
else if (c == LPAREN && arithexp)
{
si = i + 1;
if (string[si] == '\0')
CQ_RETURN(si);
temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
i = si;
if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
break;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == '$' && ((skipcmd && string[i+1] == LPAREN) || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[si] == '\0')
CQ_RETURN(si);
if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
else
temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si;
if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
break;
i++;
continue;
}
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
else if (skipcmd && noprocsub == 0 && (c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[si] == '\0')
CQ_RETURN(si);
temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", "(", ")", SX_COMMAND|SX_NOALLOC); /* )) */
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si;
if (string[i] == '\0')
break;
i++;
continue;
}
#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
else if ((flags & SD_EXTGLOB) && extended_glob && string[i+1] == LPAREN && member (c, "?*+!@"))
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[si] == '\0')
CQ_RETURN(si);
open[0] = c;
open[1] = LPAREN;
open[2] = '\0';
temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, open, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si;
if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
break;
i++;
continue;
}
#endif
else if ((flags & SD_GLOB) && c == LBRACK)
{
si = i + 1;
if (string[si] == '\0')
CQ_RETURN(si);
temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "[", "[", "]", SX_NOALLOC); /* ] */
i = si;
if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
break;
i++;
continue;
}
else if ((skipquote || invert) && (member (c, delims) == 0))
break;
else
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
CQ_RETURN(i);
}
#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
/* Skip to the history expansion character (delims[0]), paying attention to
quoted strings and command and process substitution. This is a stripped-
down version of skip_to_delims. The essential difference is that this
resets the quoting state when starting a command substitution */
int
skip_to_histexp (string, start, delims, flags)
char *string;
int start;
char *delims;
int flags;
{
int i, pass_next, backq, dquote, c, oldjmp;
int histexp_comsub, histexp_backq, old_dquote;
size_t slen;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
if (flags & SD_NOJMP)
no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
histexp_comsub = histexp_backq = old_dquote = 0;
i = start;
pass_next = backq = dquote = 0;
while (c = string[i])
{
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
if (c == 0)
CQ_RETURN(i);
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '\\')
{
pass_next = 1;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (backq && c == '`')
{
backq = 0;
histexp_backq--;
dquote = old_dquote;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == '`')
{
backq = 1;
histexp_backq++;
old_dquote = dquote; /* simple - one level for now */
dquote = 0;
i++;
continue;
}
/* When in double quotes, act as if the double quote is a member of
history_no_expand_chars, like the history library does */
else if (dquote && c == delims[0] && string[i+1] == '"')
{
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == delims[0])
break;
/* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
delimiter. */
else if (dquote && c == '\'')
{
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == '\'')
i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0);
/* The posixly_correct test makes posix-mode shells allow double quotes
to quote the history expansion character */
else if (posixly_correct == 0 && c == '"')
{
dquote = 1 - dquote;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == '"')
i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0);
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
else if ((c == '$' || c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN && string[i+2] != LPAREN)
#else
else if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN && string[i+2] != LPAREN)
#endif
{
if (string[i+2] == '\0')
CQ_RETURN(i+2);
i += 2;
histexp_comsub++;
old_dquote = dquote;
dquote = 0;
}
else if (histexp_comsub && c == RPAREN)
{
histexp_comsub--;
dquote = old_dquote;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (backq) /* placeholder */
{
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
CQ_RETURN(i);
}
#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */
#if defined (READLINE)
/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
rl_completer_quote_characters. */
int
char_is_quoted (string, eindex)
char *string;
int eindex;
{
int i, pass_next, c, oldjmp;
size_t slen;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string);
oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
i = pass_next = 0;
while (i <= eindex)
{
c = string[i];
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
CQ_RETURN(1);
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '\\')
{
pass_next = 1;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == '\'' && string[i+2])
{
i += 2;
i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i, SX_COMPLETE);
if (i > eindex)
CQ_RETURN (i);
}
else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
{
i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0)
: skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, SX_COMPLETE);
if (i > eindex)
CQ_RETURN(1);
/* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
}
else
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
CQ_RETURN(0);
}
int
unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr)
char *string;
int eindex;
char *openstr;
{
int i, pass_next, openc, olen;
size_t slen;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string);
olen = strlen (openstr);
i = pass_next = openc = 0;
while (i <= eindex)
{
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
return 0;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (string[i] == '\\')
{
pass_next = 1;
i++;
continue;
}
else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen))
{
openc = 1 - openc;
i += olen;
}
/* XXX - may want to handle $'...' specially here */
else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
{
i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i, 0)
: skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i, SX_COMPLETE);
if (i > eindex)
return 0;
}
else
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
return (openc);
}
/* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
DELIMS delimit separate fields. This is used by programmable completion. */
WORD_LIST *
split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, flags, nwp, cwp)
char *string;
int slen;
char *delims;
int sentinel, flags;
int *nwp, *cwp;
{
int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split, dflags;
char *token, *d, *d2;
WORD_LIST *ret, *tl;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
{
if (nwp)
*nwp = 0;
if (cwp)
*cwp = 0;
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : delims;
ifs_split = delims == 0;
/* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
d2 = 0;
if (delims)
{
size_t slength;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
size_t mblength = 1;
#endif
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slength = strlen (delims);
d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1);
i = ts = 0;
while (delims[i])
{
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
mbstate_t state_bak;
state_bak = state;
mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state);
if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
state = state_bak;
else if (mblength > 1)
{
memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength);
ts += mblength;
i += mblength;
slength -= mblength;
continue;
}
#endif
if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0)
d2[ts++] = delims[i];
i++;
slength--;
}
d2[ts] = '\0';
}
ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
/* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as
long as those characters are delimiters. */
for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++)
;
if (string[i] == '\0')
{
FREE (d2);
return (ret);
}
ts = i;
nw = 0;
cw = -1;
dflags = flags|SD_NOJMP;
while (1)
{
te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d, dflags);
/* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2))
{
te = ts + 1;
/* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
if (ifs_split)
while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te]) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"')))
te++;
else
while (member (string[te], d2) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"')))
te++;
}
token = substring (string, ts, te);
ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret); /* XXX */
free (token);
nw++;
if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te)
cw = nw;
/* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
sentinel word to the current word. */
if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1)
cw = nw;
/* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts)
{
tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next);
ret->next = tl;
cw = nw;
nw++;
}
if (string[te] == 0)
break;
i = te;
/* XXX - honor SD_NOQUOTEDELIM here */
while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i])) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"')))
i++;
if (string[i])
ts = i;
else
break;
}
/* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token,
possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace)
add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */
if (cwp && cw == -1 && (sentinel >= slen || sentinel >= te))
{
if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1]))
{
token = "";
ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
nw++;
}
cw = nw;
}
if (nwp)
*nwp = nw;
if (cwp)
*cwp = cw;
FREE (d2);
return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *));
}
#endif /* READLINE */
#if 0
/* UNUSED */
/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
char *
assignment_name (string)
char *string;
{
int offset;
char *temp;
offset = assignment (string, 0);
if (offset == 0)
return (char *)NULL;
temp = substring (string, 0, offset);
return (temp);
}
#endif
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
char *
string_list_internal (list, sep)
WORD_LIST *list;
char *sep;
{
register WORD_LIST *t;
char *result, *r;
size_t word_len, sep_len, result_size;
if (list == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
/* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
if (list->next == 0)
return (savestring (list->word->word));
/* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
sep_len = STRLEN (sep);
result_size = 0;
for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
{
if (t != list)
result_size += sep_len;
result_size += strlen (t->word->word);
}
r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1);
for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
{
if (t != list && sep_len)
{
if (sep_len > 1)
{
FASTCOPY (sep, r, sep_len);
r += sep_len;
}
else
*r++ = sep[0];
}
word_len = strlen (t->word->word);
FASTCOPY (t->word->word, r, word_len);
r += word_len;
}
*r = '\0';
return (result);
}
/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
each word with a space. */
char *
string_list (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
return (string_list_internal (list, " "));
}
/* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to
obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all
the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the
length of the returned string. */
char *
ifs_firstchar (lenp)
int *lenp;
{
char *ret;
int len;
ret = xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX + 1);
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
{
ret[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
ret[1] = '\0';
len = ret[0] ? 1 : 0;
}
else
{
memcpy (ret, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
ret[len = ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
}
#else
ret[0] = ifs_firstc;
ret[1] = '\0';
len = ret[0] ? 0 : 1;
#endif
if (lenp)
*lenp = len;
return ret;
}
/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
/* Posix interpretation 888 changes this when IFS is null by specifying
that when unquoted, this expands to separate arguments */
char *
string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, flags)
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted, flags;
{
char *ret;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
# if defined (__GNUC__)
char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
# else
char *sep = 0;
# endif
#else
char sep[2];
#endif
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
# if !defined (__GNUC__)
sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
{
sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
sep[1] = '\0';
}
else
{
memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
}
#else
sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
sep[1] = '\0';
#endif
ret = string_list_internal (list, sep);
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
free (sep);
#endif
return ret;
}
/* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote
the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the
word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters
in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is
<space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
exactly.
Valid values for the FLAGS argument are the PF_ flags in command.h,
the only one we care about is PF_ASSIGNRHS. $@ is supposed to expand
to the positional parameters separated by spaces no matter what IFS is
set to if in a context where word splitting is not performed. The only
one that we didn't handle before is assignment statement arguments to
declaration builtins like `declare'. */
char *
string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, flags)
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted;
int flags;
{
char *ifs, *ret;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
# if defined (__GNUC__)
char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
# else
char *sep = 0;
# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
#else
char sep[2];
#endif
WORD_LIST *tlist;
/* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
# if !defined (__GNUC__)
sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
/* XXX - testing PF_ASSIGNRHS to make sure positional parameters are
separated with a space even when word splitting will not occur. */
if (flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
{
sep[0] = ' ';
sep[1] = '\0';
}
else if (ifs && *ifs)
{
if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
{
sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
sep[1] = '\0';
}
else
{
memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
}
}
else
{
sep[0] = ' ';
sep[1] = '\0';
}
#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
/* XXX - PF_ASSIGNRHS means no word splitting, so we want positional
parameters separated by a space. */
sep[0] = ((flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) || ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
sep[1] = '\0';
#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
/* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing
it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */
tlist = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
? quote_list (list)
: list_quote_escapes (list);
ret = string_list_internal (tlist, sep);
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
free (sep);
#endif
return ret;
}
/* Turn the positional parameters into a string, understanding quoting and
the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the
separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and
string_list as appropriate. */
/* This needs to fully understand the additional contexts where word
splitting does not occur (W_ASSIGNRHS, etc.) */
char *
string_list_pos_params (pchar, list, quoted, pflags)
int pchar;
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted, pflags;
{
char *ret;
WORD_LIST *tlist;
if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
{
tlist = quote_list (list);
word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
ret = string_list_dollar_star (tlist, 0, 0);
}
else if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
{
tlist = quote_list (list);
word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
ret = string_list (tlist);
}
else if (pchar == '*' && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) /* XXX */
ret = expand_no_split_dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
else if (pchar == '*' && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) /* XXX */
ret = expand_no_split_dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
else if (pchar == '*')
{
/* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing
making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the
separator. */
ret = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0);
}
else if (pchar == '@' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
/* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since
that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could
use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right
thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use
string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that
the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for
later splitting. */
ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0);
else if (pchar == '@' && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) /* XXX */
ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
else if (pchar == '@' && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags); /* Posix interp 888 */
else if (pchar == '@')
ret = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0);
else
ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (list) : list);
return ret;
}
/* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is
non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise
the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit.
This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is
exactly <space><tab><newline>, then the splitting algorithm is that of
the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators'
as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set
to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the
following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more
occurrences of <space>, <tab>, or <newline>, as long as those characters
are in `separators'):
1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the
string.
2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not
IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of
IFS white space delimits a field.
3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field.
*/
/* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and
expect to have "" preserved! */
/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
STRING. */
#define issep(c) \
(((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
: (c) == (separators)[0]) \
: 0)
/* member of the space character class in the current locale */
#define ifs_whitespace(c) ISSPACE(c)
/* "adjacent IFS white space" */
#define ifs_whitesep(c) ((sh_style_split || separators == 0) ? spctabnl (c) \
: ifs_whitespace (c))
WORD_LIST *
list_string (string, separators, quoted)
register char *string, *separators;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *result;
WORD_DESC *t;
char *current_word, *s;
int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags, free_word;
size_t slen;
if (!string || !*string)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
separators[1] == '\t' &&
separators[2] == '\n' &&
separators[3] == '\0';
for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
{
if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
else if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
}
slen = 0;
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. We use the
Posix definition of whitespace as a member of the space character
class in the current locale. */
#if 0
if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators)
#else
/* issep() requires that separators be non-null, and always returns 0 if
separator is the empty string, so don't bother if we get an empty string
for separators. We already returned NULL above if STRING is empty. */
if (!quoted && separators && *separators)
#endif
{
for (s = string; *s && issep (*s) && ifs_whitespace (*s); s++);
if (!*s)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
string = s;
}
/* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
The splitting algorithm is:
extract a word, stopping at a separator
skip sequences of whitespace characters as long as they are separators
This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
slen = STRLEN (string);
for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; )
{
/* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
if (current_word == 0)
break;
free_word = 1; /* If non-zero, we free current_word */
/* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
below. */
if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word))
{
t = alloc_word_desc ();
t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
result = make_word_list (t, result);
}
else if (current_word[0] != '\0')
{
/* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
remove_quoted_nulls (current_word);
/* We don't want to set the word flags based on the string contents
here -- that's mostly for the parser -- so we just allocate a
WORD_DESC *, assign current_word (noting that we don't want to
free it), and skip all of make_word. */
t = alloc_word_desc ();
t->word = current_word;
result = make_word_list (t, result);
free_word = 0;
result->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* just to be sure */
if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
/* If removing quoted null characters leaves an empty word, note
that we saw this for the caller to act on. */
if (current_word == 0 || current_word[0] == '\0')
result->word->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
}
/* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
else if (!sh_style_split && !ifs_whitespace (string[sindex]))
{
t = alloc_word_desc ();
t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
result = make_word_list (t, result);
}
if (free_word)
free (current_word);
/* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
whitesep = string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]);
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (string[sindex])
{
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
}
/* Now skip sequences of whitespace characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
while (string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex]))
sindex++;
/* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]))
{
sindex++;
/* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any
adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */
while (string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]) && isifs (string[sindex]))
sindex++;
}
}
return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *));
}
/* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
the `read' builtin.
This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS, and takes advantage of that.
XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
combined - XXX */
/* character is in $IFS */
#define islocalsep(c) (local_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0)
char *
get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr)
char **stringp, *separators, **endptr;
{
register char *s;
char *current_word;
int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
unsigned char local_cmap[UCHAR_MAX+1]; /* really only need single-byte chars here */
size_t slen;
if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
return ((char *)NULL);
sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
separators[1] == '\t' &&
separators[2] == '\n' &&
separators[3] == '\0';
memset (local_cmap, '\0', sizeof (local_cmap));
for (xflags = 0, s = separators; s && *s; s++)
{
if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
local_cmap[(unsigned char)*s] = 1; /* local charmap of separators */
}
s = *stringp;
slen = 0;
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
long as those characters appear in SEPARATORS. This happens if
SEPARATORS == $' \t\n' or if IFS is unset. */
if (sh_style_split || separators == 0)
for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && islocalsep (*s); s++);
else
for (; *s && ifs_whitespace (*s) && islocalsep (*s); s++);
/* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
if (!*s)
{
*stringp = s;
if (endptr)
*endptr = s;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to
the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc,
tab, or nl as long as they are separators.
This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
sindex = 0;
/* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
slen = STRLEN (s);
current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
/* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
if (endptr)
*endptr = s + sindex;
/* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
whitesep = s[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]);
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (s[sindex])
{
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex);
}
/* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && islocalsep (s[sindex]))
sindex++;
/* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
if (s[sindex] && whitesep && islocalsep (s[sindex]) && !ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]))
{
sindex++;
/* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent
IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */
while (s[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]) && islocalsep(s[sindex]))
sindex++;
}
/* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
*stringp = s + sindex;
return (current_word);
}
/* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end
of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string
or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC.
Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is
non-zero. */
char *
strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string, separators, saw_escape)
char *string, *separators;
int saw_escape;
{
char *s;
s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1;
while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) ||
(saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1]))))
s--;
*++s = '\0';
return string;
}
#if 0
/* UNUSED */
/* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
backslashes, single and double quotes. */
WORD_LIST *
list_string_with_quotes (string)
char *string;
{
WORD_LIST *list;
char *token, *s;
size_t s_len;
int c, i, tokstart, len;
for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++)
;
if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
s_len = strlen (s);
tokstart = i = 0;
list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
while (1)
{
c = s[i];
if (c == '\\')
{
i++;
if (s[i])
i++;
}
else if (c == '\'')
i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i, 0);
else if (c == '"')
i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i, 0);
else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c))
{
/* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
add it to the word list. */
token = substring (s, tokstart, i);
list = add_string_to_list (token, list);
free (token);
while (spctabnl (s[i]))
i++;
if (s[i])
tokstart = i;
else
break;
}
else
i++; /* normal character */
}
return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
}
#endif
/********************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to perform assignment statements */
/* */
/********************************************************/
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static SHELL_VAR *
do_compound_assignment (name, value, flags)
char *name, *value;
int flags;
{
SHELL_VAR *v;
int mklocal, mkassoc, mkglobal, chklocal;
WORD_LIST *list;
char *newname; /* used for local nameref references */
mklocal = flags & ASS_MKLOCAL;
mkassoc = flags & ASS_MKASSOC;
mkglobal = flags & ASS_MKGLOBAL;
chklocal = flags & ASS_CHKLOCAL;
if (mklocal && variable_context)
{
v = find_variable (name); /* follows namerefs */
newname = (v == 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name, flags) : v->name;
if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v)))
{
if (readonly_p (v))
err_readonly (name);
return (v); /* XXX */
}
list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
if (mkassoc)
v = make_local_assoc_variable (newname, 0);
else if (v == 0 || (array_p (v) == 0 && assoc_p (v) == 0) || v->context != variable_context)
v = make_local_array_variable (newname, 0);
if (v)
assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
if (list)
dispose_words (list);
}
/* In a function but forcing assignment in global context. CHKLOCAL means to
check for an existing local variable first. */
else if (mkglobal && variable_context)
{
v = chklocal ? find_variable (name) : 0;
if (v && (local_p (v) == 0 || v->context != variable_context))
v = 0;
if (v == 0)
v = find_global_variable (name);
if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v)))
{
if (readonly_p (v))
err_readonly (name);
return (v); /* XXX */
}
/* sanity check */
newname = (v == 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name, flags) : name;
list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
if (v == 0 && mkassoc)
v = make_new_assoc_variable (newname);
else if (v && mkassoc && assoc_p (v) == 0)
v = convert_var_to_assoc (v);
else if (v == 0)
v = make_new_array_variable (newname);
else if (v && mkassoc == 0 && array_p (v) == 0)
v = convert_var_to_array (v);
if (v)
assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
if (list)
dispose_words (list);
}
else
{
v = assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags);
if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v)))
{
if (readonly_p (v))
err_readonly (name);
return (v); /* XXX */
}
}
return (v);
}
#endif
/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
static int
do_assignment_internal (word, expand)
const WORD_DESC *word;
int expand;
{
int offset, appendop, assign_list, aflags, retval;
char *name, *value, *temp;
SHELL_VAR *entry;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
char *t;
int ni;
#endif
const char *string;
if (word == 0 || word->word == 0)
return 0;
appendop = assign_list = aflags = 0;
string = word->word;
offset = assignment (string, 0);
name = savestring (string);
value = (char *)NULL;
if (name[offset] == '=')
{
if (name[offset - 1] == '+')
{
appendop = 1;
name[offset - 1] = '\0';
}
name[offset] = 0; /* might need this set later */
temp = name + offset + 1;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (expand && (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN))
{
assign_list = ni = 1;
value = extract_array_assignment_list (temp, &ni);
}
else
#endif
if (expand && temp[0])
value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_assignment);
else
value = savestring (temp);
}
if (value == 0)
{
value = (char *)xmalloc (1);
value[0] = '\0';
}
if (echo_command_at_execute)
{
if (appendop)
name[offset - 1] = '+';
xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1);
if (appendop)
name[offset - 1] = '\0';
}
#define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
if (appendop)
aflags |= ASS_APPEND;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (t = mbschr (name, LBRACK))
{
if (assign_list)
{
report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name);
ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
}
entry = assign_array_element (name, value, aflags);
if (entry == 0)
ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
}
else if (assign_list)
{
if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_CHKLOCAL))
aflags |= ASS_CHKLOCAL;
if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL) == 0)
aflags |= ASS_MKLOCAL;
if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL))
aflags |= ASS_MKGLOBAL;
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
aflags |= ASS_MKASSOC;
entry = do_compound_assignment (name, value, aflags);
}
else
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
entry = bind_variable (name, value, aflags);
if (entry)
stupidly_hack_special_variables (entry->name); /* might be a nameref */
else
stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
/* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
if (entry == 0 || readonly_p (entry))
retval = 0; /* assignment failure */
else if (noassign_p (entry))
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
retval = 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */
}
else
retval = 1;
if (entry && retval != 0 && noassign_p (entry) == 0)
VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
ASSIGN_RETURN (retval);
}
/* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */
int
do_assignment (string)
char *string;
{
WORD_DESC td;
td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
td.word = string;
return do_assignment_internal (&td, 1);
}
int
do_word_assignment (word, flags)
WORD_DESC *word;
int flags;
{
return do_assignment_internal (word, 1);
}
/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word
expansions on the right hand side. */
int
do_assignment_no_expand (string)
char *string;
{
WORD_DESC td;
td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
td.word = string;
return (do_assignment_internal (&td, 0));
}
/***************************************************
* *
* Functions to manage the positional parameters *
* *
***************************************************/
/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
WORD_LIST *
list_rest_of_args ()
{
register WORD_LIST *list, *args;
int i;
/* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */
for (i = 1, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < 10 && dollar_vars[i]; i++)
list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars[i]), list);
for (args = rest_of_args; args; args = args->next)
list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (args->word->word), list);
return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
}
/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
char *
get_dollar_var_value (ind)
intmax_t ind;
{
char *temp;
WORD_LIST *p;
if (ind < 10)
temp = dollar_vars[ind] ? savestring (dollar_vars[ind]) : (char *)NULL;
else /* We want something like ${11} */
{
ind -= 10;
for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next)
;
temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL;
}
return (temp);
}
/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
char *
string_rest_of_args (dollar_star)
int dollar_star;
{
register WORD_LIST *list;
char *string;
list = list_rest_of_args ();
string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, 0, 0) : string_list (list);
dispose_words (list);
return (string);
}
/* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
no quoting chars are added. */
static char *
pos_params (string, start, end, quoted, pflags)
char *string;
int start, end, quoted, pflags;
{
WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t;
char *ret;
int i;
/* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
if (start == end)
return ((char *)NULL);
save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
if (save == 0 && start > 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */
{
t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params);
save = params = t;
}
for (i = start ? 1 : 0; params && i < start; i++)
params = params->next;
if (params == 0)
{
dispose_words (save);
return ((char *)NULL);
}
for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++)
{
t = params;
params = params->next;
}
t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
ret = string_list_pos_params (string[0], h, quoted, pflags);
if (t != params)
t->next = params;
dispose_words (save);
return (ret);
}
/******************************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */
/* */
/******************************************************************/
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
#else
#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
#endif
/* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
static char *
expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func)
char *string;
int quoted;
EXPFUNC *func;
{
WORD_LIST *list;
size_t slen;
int i, saw_quote;
char *ret;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
/* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
i = saw_quote = 0;
while (string[i])
{
if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
break;
else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
saw_quote = 1;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
if (string[i])
{
list = (*func) (string, quoted);
if (list)
{
ret = string_list (list);
dispose_words (list);
}
else
ret = (char *)NULL;
}
else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
else
ret = savestring (string);
return ret;
}
static inline char *
expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func)
char *string;
int quoted;
EXPFUNC *func;
{
WORD_LIST *list;
char *ret;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return ((char *)NULL);
list = (*func) (string, quoted);
if (list)
{
ret = string_list (list);
dispose_words (list);
}
else
ret = (char *)NULL;
return (ret);
}
char *
expand_string_to_string (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string));
}
char *
expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit));
}
char *
expand_assignment_string_to_string (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_assignment));
}
char *
expand_arith_string (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
WORD_DESC td;
WORD_LIST *list, *tlist;
size_t slen;
int i, saw_quote;
char *ret;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
/* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
i = saw_quote = 0;
while (string[i])
{
if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
break;
else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
saw_quote = 1;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
if (string[i])
{
/* This is expanded version of expand_string_internal as it's called by
expand_string_leave_quoted */
td.flags = W_NOPROCSUB|W_NOTILDE; /* don't want process substitution or tilde expansion */
#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
if (quoted & Q_ARRAYSUB)
td.flags |= W_NOCOMSUB;
#endif
td.word = savestring (string);
list = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
/* This takes care of the calls from expand_string_leave_quoted and
expand_string */
if (list)
{
tlist = word_list_split (list);
dispose_words (list);
list = tlist;
if (list)
dequote_list (list);
}
/* This comes from expand_string_if_necessary */
if (list)
{
ret = string_list (list);
dispose_words (list);
}
else
ret = (char *)NULL;
FREE (td.word);
}
else if (saw_quote && (quoted & Q_ARITH))
ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
else
ret = savestring (string);
return ret;
}
#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
char *
remove_backslashes (string)
char *string;
{
char *r, *ret, *s;
r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
for (s = string; s && *s; )
{
if (*s == '\\')
s++;
if (*s == 0)
break;
*r++ = *s++;
}
*r = '\0';
return ret;
}
/* This needs better error handling. */
/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
[[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument
to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If
SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should
be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. The caller is responsible
for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. In
any case, since we don't perform word splitting, we need to do quoted
null character removal. */
char *
cond_expand_word (w, special)
WORD_DESC *w;
int special;
{
char *r, *p;
WORD_LIST *l;
int qflags;
if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0')
return ((char *)NULL);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
w->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
if (l)
{
if (special == 0) /* LHS */
{
if (l->word)
word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l);
dequote_list (l);
r = string_list (l);
}
else
{
/* Need to figure out whether or not we should call dequote_escapes
or a new dequote_ctlnul function here, and under what
circumstances. */
qflags = QGLOB_CVTNULL|QGLOB_CTLESC;
if (special == 2)
qflags |= QGLOB_REGEXP;
word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l);
p = string_list (l);
r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, qflags);
free (p);
}
dispose_words (l);
}
else
r = (char *)NULL;
return r;
}
#endif
/* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns.
A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle
any errors or free any memory before aborting. */
static WORD_LIST *
call_expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e)
WORD_DESC *w;
int q, i, *c, *e;
{
WORD_LIST *result;
result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e);
if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal)
{
/* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
to exit in most cases). */
w->word = (char *)NULL;
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF);
/* NOTREACHED */
return (NULL);
}
else
return (result);
}
/* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted.
Since this does not perform word splitting, it leaves quoted nulls
in the result. */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_string_internal (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
WORD_DESC td;
WORD_LIST *tresult;
if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
td.flags = 0;
td.word = savestring (string);
tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
FREE (td.word);
return (tresult);
}
/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally
takes care of quote removal. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_string_unsplit (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *value;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
if (value)
{
if (value->word)
{
remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */
value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
}
dequote_list (value);
}
return (value);
}
/* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */
WORD_LIST *
expand_string_assignment (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
WORD_DESC td;
WORD_LIST *value;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
#if 0
/* Other shells (ksh93) do it this way, which affects how $@ is expanded
in constructs like bar=${@#0} (preserves the spaces resulting from the
expansion of $@ in a context where you don't do word splitting); Posix
interp 888 makes the expansion of $@ in contexts where word splitting
is not performed unspecified. */
td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOSPLIT2; /* Posix interp 888 */
#else
td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS;
#endif
td.word = savestring (string);
value = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
FREE (td.word);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
if (value)
{
if (value->word)
{
remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */
value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
}
dequote_list (value);
}
return (value);
}
/* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_prompt_string (string, quoted, wflags)
char *string;
int quoted;
int wflags;
{
WORD_LIST *value;
WORD_DESC td;
if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
td.flags = wflags;
td.word = savestring (string);
no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal)
{
value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
return value;
}
FREE (td.word);
if (value)
{
if (value->word)
{
remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */
value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
}
dequote_list (value);
}
return (value);
}
/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote
the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file,
and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding
things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command
substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *tlist;
WORD_LIST *tresult;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
tlist = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
if (tlist)
{
tresult = word_list_split (tlist);
dispose_words (tlist);
return (tresult);
}
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
it returns. */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, op, pflags, dollar_at_p, expanded_p)
char *string;
int quoted, op, pflags;
int *dollar_at_p, *expanded_p;
{
WORD_DESC td;
WORD_LIST *tresult;
int old_nosplit;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
/* We want field splitting to be determined by what is going to be done with
the entire ${parameterOPword} expansion, so we don't want to split the RHS
we expand here. However, the expansion of $* is determined by whether we
are going to eventually perform word splitting, so we want to set this
depending on whether or not are are going to be splitting: if the expansion
is quoted, if the OP is `=', or if IFS is set to the empty string, we
are not going to be splitting, so we set expand_no_split_dollar_star to
note this to callees.
We pass through PF_ASSIGNRHS as W_ASSIGNRHS if this is on the RHS of an
assignment statement. */
/* The updated treatment of $* is the result of Posix interp 888 */
/* This was further clarified on the austin-group list in March, 2017 and
in Posix bug 1129 */
old_nosplit = expand_no_split_dollar_star;
expand_no_split_dollar_star = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || op == '=' || ifs_is_null == 0; /* XXX - was 1 */
td.flags = W_EXPANDRHS; /* expanding RHS of ${paramOPword} */
td.flags |= W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) /* pass through */
td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS;
if (op == '=')
#if 0
td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
#else
td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOASSNTILDE; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
#endif
td.word = string;
tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, expanded_p);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = old_nosplit;
return (tresult);
}
/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
it returns and it treats $* as if it were quoted. */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_string_for_pat (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, expanded_p)
char *string;
int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *expanded_p;
{
WORD_DESC td;
WORD_LIST *tresult;
int oexp;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
oexp = expand_no_split_dollar_star;
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
td.flags = W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
td.word = string;
tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, expanded_p);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = oexp;
return (tresult);
}
/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_string (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *result;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted);
return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
}
/*******************************************
* *
* Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
* *
*******************************************/
/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
word splitting, and quote removal. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_word (word, quoted)
WORD_DESC *word;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *result, *tresult;
tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
result = word_list_split (tresult);
dispose_words (tresult);
return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
}
/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
and quote removal. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted)
WORD_DESC *word;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *result;
result = expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted);
return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
}
/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit;
could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted)
WORD_DESC *word;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *result;
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
if (ifs_is_null)
word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
return result;
}
/***************************************************
* *
* Functions to handle quoting chars *
* *
***************************************************/
/* Conventions:
A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting
and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just
in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will
eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding
code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on
spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on
a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here
document (effectively double-quoted).
FLAGS says whether or not we are going to split the result. If we are not,
and there is a CTLESC or CTLNUL in IFS, we need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL,
respectively, to prevent them from being removed as part of dequoting. */
static char *
quote_escapes_internal (string, flags)
const char *string;
int flags;
{
const char *s, *send;
char *t, *result;
size_t slen;
int quote_spaces, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul, nosplit;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string);
send = string + slen;
quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
nosplit = (flags & PF_NOSPLIT2);
for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
{
skip_ctlesc |= (nosplit == 0 && *s == CTLESC);
skip_ctlnul |= (nosplit == 0 && *s == CTLNUL);
}
t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
s = string;
while (*s)
{
if ((skip_ctlesc == 0 && *s == CTLESC) || (skip_ctlnul == 0 && *s == CTLNUL) || (quote_spaces && *s == ' '))
*t++ = CTLESC;
COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
}
*t = '\0';
return (result);
}
char *
quote_escapes (string)
const char *string;
{
return (quote_escapes_internal (string, 0));
}
char *
quote_rhs (string)
const char *string;
{
return (quote_escapes_internal (string, PF_NOSPLIT2));
}
static WORD_LIST *
list_quote_escapes (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
register WORD_LIST *w;
char *t;
for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
{
t = w->word->word;
w->word->word = quote_escapes (t);
free (t);
}
return list;
}
/* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
data stream pass through properly.
We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
characters.
Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
char *
dequote_escapes (string)
const char *string;
{
const char *s, *send;
char *t, *result;
size_t slen;
int quote_spaces;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if (string == 0)
return (char *)0;
slen = strlen (string);
send = string + slen;
t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0)
return (strcpy (result, string));
quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
s = string;
while (*s)
{
if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL || (quote_spaces && s[1] == ' ')))
{
s++;
if (*s == '\0')
break;
}
COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
}
*t = '\0';
return result;
}
#if defined (INCLUDE_UNUSED)
static WORD_LIST *
list_dequote_escapes (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
register WORD_LIST *w;
char *t;
for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
{
t = w->word->word;
w->word->word = dequote_escapes (t);
free (t);
}
return list;
}
#endif
/* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C.
This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be
set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */
static char *
make_quoted_char (c)
int c;
{
char *temp;
temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
if (c == 0)
{
temp[0] = CTLNUL;
temp[1] = '\0';
}
else
{
temp[0] = CTLESC;
temp[1] = c;
temp[2] = '\0';
}
return (temp);
}
/* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so
the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where
this value is the word. */
char *
quote_string (string)
char *string;
{
register char *t;
size_t slen;
char *result, *send;
if (*string == 0)
{
result = (char *)xmalloc (2);
result[0] = CTLNUL;
result[1] = '\0';
}
else
{
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string);
send = string + slen;
result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
for (t = result; string < send; )
{
*t++ = CTLESC;
COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send);
}
*t = '\0';
}
return (result);
}
/* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */
char *
dequote_string (string)
char *string;
{
register char *s, *t;
size_t slen;
char *result, *send;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
#if defined (DEBUG)
if (string[0] == CTLESC && string[1] == 0)
internal_inform ("dequote_string: string with bare CTLESC");
#endif
slen = STRLEN (string);
t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
if (QUOTED_NULL (string))
{
result[0] = '\0';
return (result);
}
/* A string consisting of only a single CTLESC should pass through unchanged */
if (string[0] == CTLESC && string[1] == 0)
{
result[0] = CTLESC;
result[1] = '\0';
return (result);
}
/* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL)
return (strcpy (result, string));
send = string + slen;
s = string;
while (*s)
{
if (*s == CTLESC)
{
s++;
if (*s == '\0')
break;
}
COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
}
*t = '\0';
return (result);
}
/* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */
static WORD_LIST *
quote_list (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
register WORD_LIST *w;
char *t;
for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
{
t = w->word->word;
w->word->word = quote_string (t);
if (*t == 0)
w->word->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */
w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
free (t);
}
return list;
}
WORD_DESC *
dequote_word (word)
WORD_DESC *word;
{
register char *s;
s = dequote_string (word->word);
if (QUOTED_NULL (word->word))
word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
free (word->word);
word->word = s;
return word;
}
/* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */
WORD_LIST *
dequote_list (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
register char *s;
register WORD_LIST *tlist;
for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
{
s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist->word->word))
tlist->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
free (tlist->word->word);
tlist->word->word = s;
}
return list;
}
/* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
string. */
char *
remove_quoted_escapes (string)
char *string;
{
char *t;
if (string)
{
t = dequote_escapes (string);
strcpy (string, t);
free (t);
}
return (string);
}
/* Remove quoted $IFS characters from STRING. Quoted IFS characters are
added to protect them from word splitting, but we need to remove them
if no word splitting takes place. This returns newly-allocated memory,
so callers can use it to replace savestring(). */
char *
remove_quoted_ifs (string)
char *string;
{
register size_t slen;
register int i, j;
char *ret, *send;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
slen = strlen (string);
send = string + slen;
i = j = 0;
ret = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
while (i < slen)
{
if (string[i] == CTLESC)
{
i++;
if (string[i] == 0 || isifs (string[i]) == 0)
ret[j++] = CTLESC;
if (i == slen)
break;
}
COPY_CHAR_I (ret, j, string, send, i);
}
ret[j] = '\0';
return (ret);
}
char *
remove_quoted_nulls (string)
char *string;
{
register size_t slen;
register int i, j, prev_i;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */
return string; /* XXX */
slen = strlen (string);
i = j = 0;
while (i < slen)
{
if (string[i] == CTLESC)
{
/* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
that we've already copied down. */
i++;
string[j++] = CTLESC;
if (i == slen)
break;
}
else if (string[i] == CTLNUL)
{
i++;
continue;
}
prev_i = i;
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
if (j < prev_i)
{
do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
}
else
j = i;
}
string[j] = '\0';
return (string);
}
/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
This modifies LIST. */
void
word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
register WORD_LIST *t;
for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
{
remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word);
t->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
}
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
# ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
static unsigned char *
mb_getcharlens (string, len)
char *string;
int len;
{
int i, offset, last;
unsigned char *ret;
char *p;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
i = offset = 0;
last = 0;
ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len);
memset (ret, 0, len);
while (string[last])
{
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset);
ret[last] = offset - last;
last = offset;
}
return ret;
}
# endif
#endif
/* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
can have one of 4 values:
RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM
RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM
RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM
*/
#define RP_LONG_LEFT 1
#define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2
#define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
#define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
static char *
remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)
char *param, *pattern;
int op;
{
register size_t len;
register char *end;
register char *p, *ret, c;
len = STRLEN (param);
end = param + len;
switch (op)
{
case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
*p = c;
return (savestring (p));
}
*p = c;
}
break;
case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
*p = c;
return (savestring (p));
}
*p = c;
}
break;
case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
{
if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
ret = savestring (param);
*p = c;
return (ret);
}
}
break;
case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
{
if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
ret = savestring (param);
*p = c;
return (ret);
}
}
break;
}
return (param); /* no match, return original string */
}
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
static wchar_t *
remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op)
wchar_t *wparam;
size_t wstrlen;
wchar_t *wpattern;
int op;
{
wchar_t wc, *ret;
int n;
switch (op)
{
case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
{
wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
wparam[n] = wc;
return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
}
wparam[n] = wc;
}
break;
case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
{
wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
wparam[n] = wc;
return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
}
wparam[n] = wc;
}
break;
case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
{
if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
ret = wcsdup (wparam);
wparam[n] = wc;
return (ret);
}
}
break;
case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
{
if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
ret = wcsdup (wparam);
wparam[n] = wc;
return (ret);
}
}
break;
}
return (wparam); /* no match, return original string */
}
#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
static char *
remove_pattern (param, pattern, op)
char *param, *pattern;
int op;
{
char *xret;
if (param == NULL)
return (param);
if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */
return (savestring (param));
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
{
wchar_t *ret, *oret;
size_t n;
wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern;
mbstate_t ps;
/* XXX - could optimize here by checking param and pattern for multibyte
chars with mbsmbchar and calling remove_upattern. */
n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
if (n == (size_t)-1)
{
xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
}
n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param);
if (n == (size_t)-1)
{
free (wpattern);
xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
}
oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op);
/* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing
matched; just return copy of original string */
if (ret == wparam)
{
free (wparam);
free (wpattern);
return (savestring (param));
}
free (wparam);
free (wpattern);
n = strlen (param);
xret = (char *)xmalloc (n + 1);
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps);
xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
free (oret);
return xret;
}
else
#endif
{
xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
}
}
/* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries.
This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP
and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and
ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted.
MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
static int
match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
char *string, *pat;
int mtype;
char **sp, **ep;
{
int c, mlen;
size_t len;
register char *p, *p1, *npat;
char *end;
/* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
`*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
/* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning,
since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */
len = STRLEN (pat);
if (pat[0] != '*' || (pat[0] == '*' && pat[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob) || pat[len - 1] != '*')
{
int unescaped_backslash;
char *pp;
p = npat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3);
p1 = pat;
if ((mtype != MATCH_BEG) && (*p1 != '*' || (*p1 == '*' && p1[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob)))
*p++ = '*';
while (*p1)
*p++ = *p1++;
#if 1
/* Need to also handle a pattern that ends with an unescaped backslash.
For right now, we ignore it because the pattern matching code will
fail the match anyway */
/* If the pattern ends with a `*' we leave it alone if it's preceded by
an even number of backslashes, but if it's escaped by a backslash
we need to add another `*'. */
if ((mtype != MATCH_END) && (p1[-1] == '*' && (unescaped_backslash = p1[-2] == '\\')))
{
pp = p1 - 3;
while (pp >= pat && *pp-- == '\\')
unescaped_backslash = 1 - unescaped_backslash;
if (unescaped_backslash)
*p++ = '*';
}
else if (mtype != MATCH_END && p1[-1] != '*')
*p++ = '*';
#else
if (p1[-1] != '*' || p1[-2] == '\\')
*p++ = '*';
#endif
*p = '\0';
}
else
npat = pat;
c = strmatch (npat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
if (npat != pat)
free (npat);
if (c == FNM_NOMATCH)
return (0);
len = STRLEN (string);
end = string + len;
mlen = umatchlen (pat, len);
if (mlen > (int)len)
return (0);
switch (mtype)
{
case MATCH_ANY:
for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
{
if (match_pattern_char (pat, p, FNMATCH_IGNCASE))
{
p1 = (mlen == -1) ? end : p + mlen;
/* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered
p = current position in string
mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string)
end = end of string
we want to break immediately if the potential match len
is greater than the number of characters remaining in the
string
*/
if (p1 > end)
break;
for ( ; p1 >= p; p1--)
{
c = *p1; *p1 = '\0';
if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
*p1 = c;
*sp = p;
*ep = p1;
return 1;
}
*p1 = c;
#if 1
/* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
if (mlen != -1)
break;
#endif
}
}
}
return (0);
case MATCH_BEG:
if (match_pattern_char (pat, string, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
return (0);
for (p = (mlen == -1) ? end : string + mlen; p >= string; p--)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
*p = c;
*sp = string;
*ep = p;
return 1;
}
*p = c;
/* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
if (mlen != -1)
break;
}
return (0);
case MATCH_END:
for (p = end - ((mlen == -1) ? len : mlen); p <= end; p++)
{
if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
*sp = p;
*ep = end;
return 1;
}
/* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
if (mlen != -1)
break;
}
return (0);
}
return (0);
}
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
#define WFOLD(c) (match_ignore_case && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
/* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
character version. */
static int
match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep)
wchar_t *wstring;
char **indices;
size_t wstrlen;
wchar_t *wpat;
int mtype;
char **sp, **ep;
{
wchar_t wc, *wp, *nwpat, *wp1;
size_t len;
int mlen;
int n, n1, n2, simple;
simple = (wpat[0] != L'\\' && wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'[');
#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
if (extended_glob)
simple &= (wpat[1] != L'(' || (wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'+' && wpat[0] != L'!' && wpat[0] != L'@')); /*)*/
#endif
/* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
`*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
len = wcslen (wpat);
if (wpat[0] != L'*' || (wpat[0] == L'*' && wpat[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob) || wpat[len - 1] != L'*')
{
int unescaped_backslash;
wchar_t *wpp;
wp = nwpat = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len + 3) * sizeof (wchar_t));
wp1 = wpat;
if (*wp1 != L'*' || (*wp1 == '*' && wp1[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob))
*wp++ = L'*';
while (*wp1 != L'\0')
*wp++ = *wp1++;
#if 1
/* See comments above in match_upattern. */
if (wp1[-1] == L'*' && (unescaped_backslash = wp1[-2] == L'\\'))
{
wpp = wp1 - 3;
while (wpp >= wpat && *wpp-- == L'\\')
unescaped_backslash = 1 - unescaped_backslash;
if (unescaped_backslash)
*wp++ = L'*';
}
else if (wp1[-1] != L'*')
*wp++ = L'*';
#else
if (wp1[-1] != L'*' || wp1[-2] == L'\\')
*wp++ = L'*';
#endif
*wp = '\0';
}
else
nwpat = wpat;
len = wcsmatch (nwpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
if (nwpat != wpat)
free (nwpat);
if (len == FNM_NOMATCH)
return (0);
mlen = wmatchlen (wpat, wstrlen);
if (mlen > (int)wstrlen)
return (0);
/* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */
switch (mtype)
{
case MATCH_ANY:
for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
{
n2 = simple ? (WFOLD(*wpat) == WFOLD(wstring[n])) : match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
if (n2)
{
n1 = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : n + mlen;
if (n1 > wstrlen)
break;
for ( ; n1 >= n; n1--)
{
wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0';
if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
wstring[n1] = wc;
*sp = indices[n];
*ep = indices[n1];
return 1;
}
wstring[n1] = wc;
/* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
if (mlen != -1)
break;
}
}
}
return (0);
case MATCH_BEG:
if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
return (0);
for (n = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen; n >= 0; n--)
{
wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0';
if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
wstring[n] = wc;
*sp = indices[0];
*ep = indices[n];
return 1;
}
wstring[n] = wc;
/* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
if (mlen != -1)
break;
}
return (0);
case MATCH_END:
for (n = wstrlen - ((mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen); n <= wstrlen; n++)
{
if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
*sp = indices[n];
*ep = indices[wstrlen];
return 1;
}
/* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
if (mlen != -1)
break;
}
return (0);
}
return (0);
}
#undef WFOLD
#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
static int
match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
char *string, *pat;
int mtype;
char **sp, **ep;
{
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
int ret;
size_t n;
wchar_t *wstring, *wpat;
char **indices;
#endif
if (string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0)
return (0);
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
{
if (mbsmbchar (string) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat) == 0)
return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat);
if (n == (size_t)-1)
return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string);
if (n == (size_t)-1)
{
free (wpat);
return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
}
ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep);
free (wpat);
free (wstring);
free (indices);
return (ret);
}
else
#endif
return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
}
static int
getpatspec (c, value)
int c;
char *value;
{
if (c == '#')
return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT);
else /* c == '%' */
return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT);
}
/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
static char *
getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat)
char *value;
int quoted, expandpat;
{
char *pat, *tword;
WORD_LIST *l;
#if 0
int i;
#endif
/* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
expansions inside a pattern? */
#if 0
if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword)
{
i = 0;
pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, SX_STRIPDQ);
free (tword);
tword = pat;
}
#endif
/* expand_string_for_pat () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
word splitting. */
l = *value ? expand_string_for_pat (value,
(quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted,
(int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
: (WORD_LIST *)0;
if (l)
word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l);
pat = string_list (l);
dispose_words (l);
if (pat)
{
tword = quote_string_for_globbing (pat, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
free (pat);
pat = tword;
}
return (pat);
}
#if 0
/* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
or ${name#[#]value}. */
static char *
variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted)
char *value, *pattern;
int patspec, quoted;
{
char *tword;
tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec);
return (tword);
}
#endif
static char *
list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted)
WORD_LIST *list;
char *pattern;
int patspec, itype, quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *new, *l;
WORD_DESC *w;
char *tword;
for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
{
tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = tword ? tword : savestring ("");
new = make_word_list (w, new);
}
l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted, 0);
dispose_words (l);
return (tword);
}
static char *
parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted)
int itype;
char *pattern;
int patspec, quoted;
{
char *ret;
WORD_LIST *list;
list = list_rest_of_args ();
if (list == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
dispose_words (list);
return (ret);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static char *
array_remove_pattern (var, pattern, patspec, starsub, quoted)
SHELL_VAR *var;
char *pattern;
int patspec;
int starsub; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
int quoted;
{
ARRAY *a;
HASH_TABLE *h;
int itype;
char *ret;
WORD_LIST *list;
SHELL_VAR *v;
v = var; /* XXX - for now */
itype = starsub ? '*' : '@';
a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
if (list == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
dispose_words (list);
return ret;
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
static char *
parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, ind, patstr, rtype, quoted, flags)
char *varname, *value;
int ind;
char *patstr;
int rtype, quoted, flags;
{
int vtype, patspec, starsub;
char *temp1, *val, *pattern, *oname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
if (value == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
oname = this_command_name;
this_command_name = varname;
vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
if (vtype == -1)
{
this_command_name = oname;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr);
if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
patstr++;
/* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion --
the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */
temp1 = savestring (patstr);
pattern = getpattern (temp1, quoted, 1);
free (temp1);
temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec);
if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
FREE (val);
if (temp1)
{
val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
? quote_string (temp1)
: quote_escapes (temp1);
free (temp1);
temp1 = val;
}
break;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
temp1 = array_remove_pattern (v, pattern, patspec, starsub, quoted);
if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
{
val = quote_escapes (temp1);
free (temp1);
temp1 = val;
}
break;
#endif
case VT_POSPARMS:
temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted);
if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
{
val = quote_escapes (temp1);
free (temp1);
temp1 = val;
}
break;
}
this_command_name = oname;
FREE (pattern);
return temp1;
}
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
static void reap_some_procsubs PARAMS((int));
/*****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Hacking Process Substitution */
/* */
/*****************************************************************/
#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
/* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
unlink the ones that don't have a living process on the other end.
unlink_all_fifos will walk the list and unconditionally unlink them, trying
to open and close the FIFO first to release any child processes sleeping on
the FIFO. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the list.
NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
#define FIFO_INCR 20
/* PROC value of -1 means the process has been reaped and the FIFO needs to
be removed. PROC value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
struct temp_fifo {
char *file;
pid_t proc;
};
static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL;
static int nfifo;
static int fifo_list_size;
void
clear_fifo_list ()
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
{
if (fifo_list[i].file)
free (fifo_list[i].file);
fifo_list[i].file = NULL;
fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
}
nfifo = 0;
}
void *
copy_fifo_list (sizep)
int *sizep;
{
if (sizep)
*sizep = 0;
return (void *)NULL;
}
static void
add_fifo_list (pathname)
char *pathname;
{
int osize, i;
if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1)
{
osize = fifo_list_size;
fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR;
fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list,
fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo));
for (i = osize; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
{
fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
fifo_list[i].proc = 0; /* unused */
}
}
fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname);
nfifo++;
}
void
unlink_fifo (i)
int i;
{
if ((fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) || (fifo_list[i].proc > 0 && (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1)))
{
unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
free (fifo_list[i].file);
fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
}
}
void
unlink_fifo_list ()
{
int saved, i, j;
if (nfifo == 0)
return;
for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
{
if ((fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) || (fifo_list[i].proc > 0 && (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1)))
{
unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
free (fifo_list[i].file);
fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
}
else
saved++;
}
/* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
if (saved)
{
for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
if (fifo_list[i].file)
{
if (i != j)
{
fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file;
fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc;
fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
}
j++;
}
nfifo = j;
}
else
nfifo = 0;
}
void
unlink_all_fifos ()
{
int i, fd;
if (nfifo == 0)
return;
for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
{
fifo_list[i].proc = (pid_t)-1;
fd = open (fifo_list[i].file, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK);
unlink_fifo (i);
if (fd >= 0)
close (fd);
}
nfifo = 0;
}
/* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list
from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list
that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close
everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in
case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */
void
close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
void *list;
int lsize;
{
int i;
char *plist;
if (list == 0)
{
unlink_fifo_list ();
return;
}
for (plist = (char *)list, i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
if (plist[i] == 0 && i < fifo_list_size && fifo_list[i].proc != -1)
unlink_fifo (i);
for (i = lsize; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
unlink_fifo (i);
}
int
find_procsub_child (pid)
pid_t pid;
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
if (fifo_list[i].proc == pid)
return i;
return -1;
}
void
set_procsub_status (ind, pid, status)
int ind;
pid_t pid;
int status;
{
if (ind >= 0 && ind < nfifo)
fifo_list[ind].proc = (pid_t)-1; /* sentinel */
}
/* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
associated file descriptor and delete the FIFO. */
static void
reap_some_procsubs (max)
int max;
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < max; i++)
if (fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) /* reaped */
unlink_fifo (i);
}
void
reap_procsubs ()
{
reap_some_procsubs (nfifo);
}
#if 0
/* UNUSED */
void
wait_procsubs ()
{
int i, r;
for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
{
if (fifo_list[i].proc != (pid_t)-1 && fifo_list[i].proc > 0)
{
r = wait_for (fifo_list[i].proc, 0);
save_proc_status (fifo_list[i].proc, r);
fifo_list[i].proc = (pid_t)-1;
}
}
}
#endif
int
fifos_pending ()
{
return nfifo;
}
int
num_fifos ()
{
return nfifo;
}
static char *
make_named_pipe ()
{
char *tname;
tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM|MT_USETMPDIR);
if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0)
{
free (tname);
return ((char *)NULL);
}
add_fifo_list (tname);
return (tname);
}
#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
/* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell
has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
of open files. */
/* dev_fd_list[I] value of -1 means the process has been reaped and file
descriptor I needs to be closed. Value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
static pid_t *dev_fd_list = (pid_t *)NULL;
static int nfds;
static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
void
clear_fifo (i)
int i;
{
if (dev_fd_list[i])
{
dev_fd_list[i] = 0;
nfds--;
}
}
void
clear_fifo_list ()
{
register int i;
if (nfds == 0)
return;
for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
clear_fifo (i);
nfds = 0;
}
void *
copy_fifo_list (sizep)
int *sizep;
{
void *ret;
if (nfds == 0 || totfds == 0)
{
if (sizep)
*sizep = 0;
return (void *)NULL;
}
if (sizep)
*sizep = totfds;
ret = xmalloc (totfds * sizeof (pid_t));
return (memcpy (ret, dev_fd_list, totfds * sizeof (pid_t)));
}
static void
add_fifo_list (fd)
int fd;
{
if (dev_fd_list == 0 || fd >= totfds)
{
int ofds;
ofds = totfds;
totfds = getdtablesize ();
if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256)
totfds = 256;
if (fd >= totfds)
totfds = fd + 2;
dev_fd_list = (pid_t *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds * sizeof (dev_fd_list[0]));
/* XXX - might need a loop for this */
memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', (totfds - ofds) * sizeof (pid_t));
}
dev_fd_list[fd] = 1; /* marker; updated later */
nfds++;
}
int
fifos_pending ()
{
return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */
}
int
num_fifos ()
{
return nfds;
}
void
unlink_fifo (fd)
int fd;
{
if (dev_fd_list[fd])
{
close (fd);
dev_fd_list[fd] = 0;
nfds--;
}
}
void
unlink_fifo_list ()
{
register int i;
if (nfds == 0)
return;
for (i = totfds-1; nfds && i >= 0; i--)
unlink_fifo (i);
nfds = 0;
}
void
unlink_all_fifos ()
{
unlink_fifo_list ();
}
/* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in
the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked
as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list.
LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than
totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */
void
close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
void *list;
int lsize;
{
int i;
pid_t *plist;
if (list == 0)
{
unlink_fifo_list ();
return;
}
for (plist = (pid_t *)list, i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
if (plist[i] == 0 && i < totfds && dev_fd_list[i])
unlink_fifo (i);
for (i = lsize; i < totfds; i++)
unlink_fifo (i);
}
int
find_procsub_child (pid)
pid_t pid;
{
int i;
if (nfds == 0)
return -1;
for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
if (dev_fd_list[i] == pid)
return i;
return -1;
}
void
set_procsub_status (ind, pid, status)
int ind;
pid_t pid;
int status;
{
if (ind >= 0 && ind < totfds)
dev_fd_list[ind] = (pid_t)-1; /* sentinel */
}
/* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
associated file descriptor. */
static void
reap_some_procsubs (max)
int max;
{
int i;
for (i = 0; nfds > 0 && i < max; i++)
if (dev_fd_list[i] == (pid_t)-1)
unlink_fifo (i);
}
void
reap_procsubs ()
{
reap_some_procsubs (totfds);
}
#if 0
/* UNUSED */
void
wait_procsubs ()
{
int i, r;
for (i = 0; nfds > 0 && i < totfds; i++)
{
if (dev_fd_list[i] != (pid_t)-1 && dev_fd_list[i] > 0)
{
r = wait_for (dev_fd_list[i], 0);
save_proc_status (dev_fd_list[i], r);
dev_fd_list[i] = (pid_t)-1;
}
}
}
#endif
#if defined (NOTDEF)
print_dev_fd_list ()
{
register int i;
fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
fflush (stderr);
for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
{
if (dev_fd_list[i])
fprintf (stderr, " %d", i);
}
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
}
#endif /* NOTDEF */
static char *
make_dev_fd_filename (fd)
int fd;
{
char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p;
ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 8);
strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX);
p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf));
strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p);
add_fifo_list (fd);
return (ret);
}
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
/* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by
executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return
a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the
ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have
them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck.
OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or
use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in
the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for
writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that
file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */
static char *
process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child)
char *string;
int open_for_read_in_child;
{
char *pathname;
int fd, result, rc, function_value;
pid_t old_pid, pid;
#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd;
int fildes[2];
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp;
#endif
if (!string || !*string || wordexp_only)
return ((char *)NULL);
#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
pathname = make_named_pipe ();
#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
{
sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */
parent_pipe_fd = fildes[open_for_read_in_child];
child_pipe_fd = fildes[1 - open_for_read_in_child];
/* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to
avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */
parent_pipe_fd = move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd, 1, 64);
pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd);
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
if (pathname == 0)
{
sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
return ((char *)NULL);
}
old_pid = last_made_pid;
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
if (pipeline_pgrp == 0 || (subshell_environment & (SUBSHELL_PIPE|SUBSHELL_FORK|SUBSHELL_ASYNC)) == 0)
pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
save_pipeline (1);
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, FORK_ASYNC);
if (pid == 0)
{
#if 0
int old_interactive;
old_interactive = interactive;
#endif
/* The currently-executing shell is not interactive */
interactive = 0;
reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
free_pushed_string_input ();
/* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */
QUIT; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
setup_async_signals ();
#if 0
if (open_for_read_in_child == 0 && old_interactive && (bash_input.type == st_stdin || bash_input.type == st_stream))
async_redirect_stdin ();
#endif
subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB|SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
/* We don't inherit the verbose option for command substitutions now, so
let's try it for process substitutions. */
change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF);
/* if we're expanding a redirection, we shouldn't have access to the
temporary environment, but commands in the subshell should have
access to their own temporary environment. */
if (expanding_redir)
flush_temporary_env ();
}
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
set_sigchld_handler ();
stop_making_children ();
/* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */
pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
#else
stop_making_children ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
if (pid < 0)
{
sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make child for process substitution"));
free (pathname);
#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
close (parent_pipe_fd);
close (child_pipe_fd);
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
restore_pipeline (1);
#endif
return ((char *)NULL);
}
if (pid > 0)
{
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
last_procsub_child = restore_pipeline (0);
/* We assume that last_procsub_child->next == last_procsub_child because
of how jobs.c:add_process() works. */
last_procsub_child->next = 0;
procsub_add (last_procsub_child);
#endif
#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = pid;
#else
fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid;
#endif
last_made_pid = old_pid;
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
close_pgrp_pipe ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
close (child_pipe_fd);
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
return (pathname);
}
set_sigint_handler ();
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
/* make sure we don't have any job control */
set_job_control (0);
/* Clear out any existing list of process substitutions */
procsub_clear ();
/* The idea is that we want all the jobs we start from an async process
substitution to be in the same process group, but not the same pgrp
as our parent shell, since we don't want to affect our parent shell's
jobs if we get a SIGHUP and end up calling hangup_all_jobs, for example.
If pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp, we assume that there is a job control
shell somewhere in our parent process chain (since make_child initializes
pipeline_pgrp to shell_pgrp if job_control == 0). What we do in this
case is to set pipeline_pgrp to our PID, so all jobs started by this
process have that same pgrp and we are basically the process group leader.
This should not have negative effects on child processes surviving
after we exit, since we wait for the children we create, but that is
something to watch for. */
if (pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp)
pipeline_pgrp = getpid ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
/* Open the named pipe in the child. */
fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY : O_WRONLY);
if (fd < 0)
{
/* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
if (open_for_read_in_child)
sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname);
else
sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname);
exit (127);
}
if (open_for_read_in_child)
{
if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0)
{
sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd);
exit (127);
}
}
#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
fd = child_pipe_fd;
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
/* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
descriptor. */
if (open_for_read_in_child == 0)
fpurge (stdout);
if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0)
{
sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname,
open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
exit (127);
}
if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1))
close (fd);
/* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
from its parent. */
if (current_fds_to_close)
{
close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close);
current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
}
#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
/* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot
in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for
instance, pipe(2). */
close (parent_pipe_fd);
dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0;
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
/* subshells shouldn't have this flag, which controls using the temporary
environment for variable lookups. We have already flushed the temporary
environment above in the case we're expanding a redirection, so processes
executed by this command need to be able to set it independently of their
parent. */
expanding_redir = 0;
remove_quoted_escapes (string);
#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
parse_and_execute_level = 0;
#endif
/* Give process substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
so we don't go back up to main (). */
result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
/* If we're running a process substitution inside a shell function,
trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
and go off to never-never land. */
if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
else
function_value = 0;
if (result == ERREXIT)
rc = last_command_exit_value;
else if (result == EXITPROG)
rc = last_command_exit_value;
else if (result)
rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
else if (function_value)
rc = return_catch_value;
else
{
subshell_level++;
rc = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST));
/* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
}
#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
/* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
last_command_exit_value = rc;
rc = run_exit_trap ();
exit (rc);
/*NOTREACHED*/
}
#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
/***********************************/
/* */
/* Command Substitution */
/* */
/***********************************/
static char *
read_comsub (fd, quoted, flags, rflag)
int fd, quoted, flags;
int *rflag;
{
char *istring, buf[512], *bufp;
int istring_index, c, tflag, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
int mb_cur_max;
size_t istring_size;
ssize_t bufn;
int nullbyte;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
mbstate_t ps;
wchar_t wc;
size_t mblen;
int i;
#endif
istring = (char *)NULL;
istring_index = istring_size = bufn = tflag = 0;
skip_ctlesc = ifs_cmap[CTLESC];
skip_ctlnul = ifs_cmap[CTLNUL];
mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
nullbyte = 0;
/* Read the output of the command through the pipe. */
while (1)
{
if (fd < 0)
break;
if (--bufn <= 0)
{
bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf));
if (bufn <= 0)
break;
bufp = buf;
}
c = *bufp++;
if (c == 0)
{
#if 1
if (nullbyte == 0)
{
internal_warning ("%s", _("command substitution: ignored null byte in input"));
nullbyte = 1;
}
#endif
continue;
}
/* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, mb_cur_max+1, istring_size, 512);
/* This is essentially quote_string inline */
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */)
istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
else if ((flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) && skip_ctlesc && c == CTLESC)
istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
/* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters
from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.)
This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */
else if (skip_ctlesc == 0 && c == CTLESC)
istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
else if ((skip_ctlnul == 0 && c == CTLNUL) || (c == ' ' && (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0)))
istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if ((locale_utf8locale && (c & 0x80)) ||
(locale_utf8locale == 0 && mb_cur_max > 1 && (unsigned char)c > 127))
{
/* read a multibyte character from buf */
/* punt on the hard case for now */
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
mblen = mbrtowc (&wc, bufp-1, bufn+1, &ps);
if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblen) || mblen == 0 || mblen == 1)
istring[istring_index++] = c;
else
{
istring[istring_index++] = c;
for (i = 0; i < mblen-1; i++)
istring[istring_index++] = *bufp++;
bufn -= mblen - 1;
}
continue;
}
#endif
istring[istring_index++] = c;
}
if (istring)
istring[istring_index] = '\0';
/* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some
trouble. */
if (istring_index == 0)
{
FREE (istring);
if (rflag)
*rflag = tflag;
return (char *)NULL;
}
/* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
{
while (istring_index > 0)
{
if (istring[istring_index - 1] == '\n')
{
--istring_index;
/* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */
if (istring[istring_index - 1] == CTLESC)
--istring_index;
}
else
break;
}
istring[istring_index] = '\0';
}
else
strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1);
if (rflag)
*rflag = tflag;
return istring;
}
/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the
contained string possibly quoted. */
WORD_DESC *
command_substitute (string, quoted, flags)
char *string;
int quoted;
int flags;
{
pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp, old_async_pid;
char *istring, *s;
int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc, tflag, fork_flags;
WORD_DESC *ret;
sigset_t set, oset;
istring = (char *)NULL;
/* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
run, just return NULL. */
#if 1
for (s = string; s && *s && (shellblank (*s) || *s == '\n'); s++)
;
if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
#else
if (!string || !*string || (string[0] == '\n' && !string[1]))
return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
#endif
if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute)
{
last_command_exit_value = EX_WEXPCOMSUB;
jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG);
}
/* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
though, because the export environment will be remade after this
command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
are variable assignments. */
if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0)
maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
/* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
pflags = (interactive && sourcelevel == 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0;
old_pid = last_made_pid;
/* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
{
sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
goto error_exit;
}
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
/* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline or
we've already forked to run a disk command (and are expanding redirections,
for example). */
if ((subshell_environment & (SUBSHELL_FORK|SUBSHELL_PIPE)) == 0)
pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
cleanup_the_pipeline ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
old_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid;
fork_flags = (subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC) ? FORK_ASYNC : 0;
pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, fork_flags|FORK_NOTERM);
last_asynchronous_pid = old_async_pid;
if (pid == 0)
{
/* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
reset_signal_handlers ();
if (ISINTERRUPT)
{
kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
CLRINTERRUPT; /* if we're ignoring SIGINT somehow */
}
QUIT; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
}
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
/* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */
set_sigchld_handler ();
stop_making_children ();
if (pid != 0)
pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
#else
stop_making_children ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
if (pid < 0)
{
sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
error_exit:
last_made_pid = old_pid;
FREE (istring);
close (fildes[0]);
close (fildes[1]);
return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
}
if (pid == 0)
{
/* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
interactive = 0;
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
/* Invariant: in child processes started to run command substitutions,
pipeline_pgrp == shell_pgrp. Other parts of the shell assume this. */
if (pipeline_pgrp > 0 && pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp)
shell_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
#endif
set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
free_pushed_string_input ();
/* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
descriptor. */
fpurge (stdout);
if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0)
{
sys_error ("%s", _("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
}
/* If standard output is closed in the parent shell
(such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be
the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in
fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well,
but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output
to be generated from this command. */
if ((fildes[1] != fileno (stdin)) &&
(fildes[1] != fileno (stdout)) &&
(fildes[1] != fileno (stderr)))
close (fildes[1]);
if ((fildes[0] != fileno (stdin)) &&
(fildes[0] != fileno (stdout)) &&
(fildes[0] != fileno (stderr)))
close (fildes[0]);
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
/* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
freopen (NULL, "w", stdout);
sh_setlinebuf (stdout);
#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
/* This is a subshell environment. */
subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
/* Many shells do not appear to inherit the -v option for command
substitutions. */
change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF);
/* When inherit_errexit option is not enabled, command substitution does
not inherit the -e flag. It is enabled when Posix mode is enabled */
if (inherit_errexit == 0)
{
builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0;
change_flag ('e', FLAG_OFF);
}
set_shellopts ();
/* If we are expanding a redirection, we can dispose of any temporary
environment we received, since redirections are not supposed to have
access to the temporary environment. We will have to see whether this
affects temporary environments supplied to `eval', but the temporary
environment gets copied to builtin_env at some point. */
if (expanding_redir)
{
flush_temporary_env ();
expanding_redir = 0;
}
remove_quoted_escapes (string);
startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
parse_and_execute_level = 0;
/* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
so we don't go back up to main (). */
result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
/* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
and go off to never-never land. */
if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
else
function_value = 0;
if (result == ERREXIT)
rc = last_command_exit_value;
else if (result == EXITPROG)
rc = last_command_exit_value;
else if (result)
rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
else if (function_value)
rc = return_catch_value;
else
{
subshell_level++;
rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST);
/* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
}
last_command_exit_value = rc;
rc = run_exit_trap ();
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
unlink_fifo_list ();
#endif
exit (rc);
}
else
{
int dummyfd;
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
close_pgrp_pipe ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
close (fildes[1]);
begin_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
dummyfd = fildes[0];
add_unwind_protect (close, dummyfd);
/* Block SIGINT while we're reading from the pipe. If the child
process gets a SIGINT, it will either handle it or die, and the
read will return. */
BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGINT, set, oset);
tflag = 0;
istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted, flags, &tflag);
close (fildes[0]);
discard_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
current_command_subst_pid = pid;
last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid, JWAIT_NOTERM);
last_command_subst_pid = pid;
last_made_pid = old_pid;
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
/* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT)
kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = istring;
ret->flags = tflag;
return ret;
}
}
/********************************************************
* *
* Utility functions for parameter expansion *
* *
********************************************************/
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static arrayind_t
array_length_reference (s)
char *s;
{
int len;
arrayind_t ind;
char *akey;
char *t, c;
ARRAY *array;
HASH_TABLE *h;
SHELL_VAR *var;
var = array_variable_part (s, 0, &t, &len);
/* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
failure. */
if ((var == 0 || invisible_p (var) || (assoc_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error)
{
c = *--t;
*t = '\0';
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (s);
*t = c;
return (-1);
}
else if (var == 0 || invisible_p (var))
return 0;
/* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL;
h = assoc_p (var) ? assoc_cell (var) : (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == RBRACK)
{
if (assoc_p (var))
return (h ? assoc_num_elements (h) : 0);
else if (array_p (var))
return (array ? array_num_elements (array) : 0);
else
return (var_isset (var) ? 1 : 0);
}
if (assoc_p (var))
{
t[len - 1] = '\0';
akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (t, 0); /* [ */
t[len - 1] = RBRACK;
if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
{
err_badarraysub (t);
FREE (akey);
return (-1);
}
t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), akey);
free (akey);
}
else
{
ind = array_expand_index (var, t, len, 0);
/* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
if (var && array_p (var) && ind < 0)
ind = array_max_index (array_cell (var)) + 1 + ind;
if (ind < 0)
{
err_badarraysub (t);
return (-1);
}
if (array_p (var))
t = array_reference (array, ind);
else
t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL;
}
len = MB_STRLEN (t);
return (len);
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
static int
valid_brace_expansion_word (name, var_is_special)
char *name;
int var_is_special;
{
if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name))
return 1;
else if (var_is_special)
return 1;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
return 1;
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
else if (legal_identifier (name))
return 1;
else
return 0;
}
static int
chk_atstar (name, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
char *name;
int quoted, pflags;
int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
{
char *temp1;
if (name == 0)
{
if (quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 0;
return 0;
}
/* check for $@ and $* */
if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0)
{
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
return 1;
}
else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0)
{
/* Need more checks here that parallel what string_list_pos_params and
param_expand do. Check expand_no_split_dollar_star and ??? */
if (contains_dollar_at && expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
return 1;
}
/* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
{
temp1 = mbschr (name, LBRACK);
if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == RBRACK)
{
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
return 1;
}
/* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == RBRACK && quoted == 0)
{
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
return 1;
}
}
#endif
return 0;
}
/* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
or NULL if there was no expansion. NAME is as given in ${NAMEcWORD}.
VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
static WORD_DESC *
parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, indp)
char *name;
int var_is_special, quoted, pflags;
arrayind_t *indp;
{
WORD_DESC *ret;
char *temp, *tt;
intmax_t arg_index;
SHELL_VAR *var;
int atype, rflags;
arrayind_t ind;
ret = 0;
temp = 0;
rflags = 0;
if (indp)
*indp = INTMAX_MIN;
/* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
if (legal_number (name, &arg_index))
{
tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
if (tt)
temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
? quote_string (tt)
: quote_escapes (tt);
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
FREE (tt);
}
else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */
{
int sindex;
tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name));
tt[sindex = 0] = '$';
strcpy (tt + 1, name);
ret = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL,
(int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, pflags);
free (tt);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
{
expand_arrayref:
var = array_variable_part (name, 0, &tt, (int *)0);
/* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed */
if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
{
if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (tt[0]) && tt[1] == RBRACK)
{
/* Only treat as double quoted if array variable */
if (var && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
temp = array_value (name, quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, AV_ASSIGNRHS, &atype, &ind);
else
temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
}
else
temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
}
/* Posix interp 888 */
else if (pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2)
{
/* Special cases, then general case, for each of A[@], A[*], A[n] */
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK && var && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc[0] != ' ')
#else
if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK && var && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc != ' ')
#endif
temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, AV_ASSIGNRHS, &atype, &ind);
else if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK)
temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT, 0, &atype, &ind);
else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK)
temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
else
temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
}
else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT, 0, &atype, &ind);
else
temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
if (atype == 0 && temp)
{
temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
? quote_string (temp)
: quote_escapes (temp);
rflags |= W_ARRAYIND;
if (indp)
*indp = ind;
}
else if (atype == 1 && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
rflags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
}
#endif
else if (var = find_variable (name))
{
if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
{
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* We avoid a memory leak by saving TT as the memory allocated by
assoc_to_string or array_to_string and leaving it 0 otherwise,
then freeing TT after quoting temp. */
tt = (char *)NULL;
if ((pflags & PF_ALLINDS) && assoc_p (var))
tt = temp = assoc_empty (assoc_cell (var)) ? (char *)NULL : assoc_to_string (assoc_cell (var), " ", quoted);
else if ((pflags & PF_ALLINDS) && array_p (var))
tt = temp = array_empty (array_cell (var)) ? (char *)NULL : array_to_string (array_cell (var), " ", quoted);
else if (assoc_p (var))
temp = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
else if (array_p (var))
temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
else
temp = value_cell (var);
#else
temp = value_cell (var);
#endif
if (temp)
temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
? quote_string (temp)
: ((pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? quote_rhs (temp)
: quote_escapes (temp));
FREE (tt);
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
else if (var = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0))
{
temp = nameref_cell (var);
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* Handle expanding nameref whose value is x[n] */
if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp, 0))
{
name = temp;
goto expand_arrayref;
}
else
#endif
/* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo ${x} is not the same as echo ${2} in ksh */
if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0)
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp);
temp = &expand_param_error;
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
if (ret == 0)
{
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp;
ret->flags |= rflags;
}
return ret;
}
static char *
parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref)
char *name;
int var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref;
{
char *temp, *t;
WORD_DESC *w;
SHELL_VAR *v;
int pflags, oldex;
if (find_nameref && var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0)) &&
nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t)
return (savestring (t));
/* If var_is_special == 0, and name is not an array reference, this does
more expansion than necessary. It should really look up the variable's
value and not try to expand it. */
pflags = PF_IGNUNBOUND;
/* Note that we're not going to be doing word splitting here */
if (var_is_special)
{
pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS; /* suppresses word splitting */
oldex = expand_no_split_dollar_star;
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
}
w = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, 0);
if (var_is_special)
expand_no_split_dollar_star = oldex;
t = w->word;
/* Have to dequote here if necessary */
if (t)
{
temp = ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || var_is_special)
? dequote_string (t)
: dequote_escapes (t);
free (t);
t = temp;
}
dispose_word_desc (w);
return t;
}
/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
static WORD_DESC *
parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
char *name;
int var_is_special, quoted, pflags;
int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
{
char *t;
WORD_DESC *w;
SHELL_VAR *v;
/* See if it's a nameref first, behave in ksh93-compatible fashion.
There is at least one incompatibility: given ${!foo[0]} where foo=bar,
bash performs an indirect lookup on foo[0] and expands the result;
ksh93 expands bar[0]. We could do that here -- there are enough usable
primitives to do that -- but do not at this point. */
if (var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0)))
{
if (nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t)
{
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = savestring (t);
w->flags = 0;
return w;
}
}
/* An indirect reference to a positional parameter or a special parameter
is ok. Indirect references to array references, as explained above, are
ok (currently). Only references to unset variables are errors at this
point. */
if (legal_identifier (name) && v == 0)
{
report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = &expand_param_error;
w->flags = 0;
return (w);
}
t = parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, 0);
chk_atstar (t, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* Array references to unset variables are also an error */
if (t == 0 && valid_array_reference (name, 0))
{
v = array_variable_part (name, 0, (char **)0, (int *)0);
if (v == 0)
{
report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = &expand_param_error;
w->flags = 0;
return (w);
}
else
return (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
}
#endif
if (t == 0)
return (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
if (valid_brace_expansion_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR (t, 0)) == 0)
{
report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), t);
free (t);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = &expand_param_error;
w->flags = 0;
return (w);
}
w = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted, pflags, 0);
free (t);
return w;
}
/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
"-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
between double quotes. */
static WORD_DESC *
parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, op, quoted, pflags, qdollaratp, hasdollarat)
char *name, *value;
int op, quoted, pflags, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat;
{
WORD_DESC *w;
WORD_LIST *l, *tl;
char *t, *t1, *temp, *vname;
int l_hasdollat, sindex;
SHELL_VAR *v;
/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s pflags = %d", name, value, pflags);*/
/* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *value)
{
sindex = 0;
temp = string_extract_double_quoted (value, &sindex, SX_STRIPDQ);
}
else
temp = value;
w = alloc_word_desc ();
l_hasdollat = 0;
l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, op, pflags, &l_hasdollat, (int *)NULL)
: (WORD_LIST *)0;
if (hasdollarat)
*hasdollarat = l_hasdollat || (l && l->next);
if (temp != value)
free (temp);
/* list_string takes multiple CTLNULs and turns them into an empty word
with W_SAWQUOTEDNULL set. Turn it back into a single CTLNUL for the
rest of this function and the caller. */
for (tl = l; tl; tl = tl->next)
{
if (tl->word && (tl->word->word == 0 || tl->word->word[0] == 0) &&
(tl->word->flags | W_SAWQUOTEDNULL))
{
t = make_quoted_char ('\0');
FREE (tl->word->word);
tl->word->word = t;
tl->word->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
tl->word->flags &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
}
}
if (l)
{
/* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
if (qdollaratp && ((l_hasdollat && quoted) || l->next))
{
/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s: l != NULL, set *qdollaratp", name, value);*/
*qdollaratp = 1;
}
/* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
slightly differently if L_HASDOLLAT is non-zero. If we have "$@",
the individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
into a string with the words separated by the first character of
$IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
do the right thing. If IFS is null, we want "$@" to split into
separate arguments, not be concatenated, so we use string_list_internal
and mark the word to be split on spaces later. We use
string_list_dollar_star for "$@" otherwise. */
if (l->next && ifs_is_null)
{
temp = string_list_internal (l, " ");
w->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE;
}
else if (l_hasdollat || l->next)
temp = string_list_dollar_star (l, quoted, 0);
else
{
temp = string_list (l);
if (temp && (QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0) && (l->word->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL))
w->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
}
/* If we have a quoted null result (QUOTED_NULL(temp)) and the word is
a quoted null (l->next == 0 && QUOTED_NULL(l->word->word)), the
flags indicate it (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL), and the
expansion is quoted (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
(which is more paranoia than anything else), we need to return the
quoted null string and set the flags to indicate it. */
if (l->next == 0 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && QUOTED_NULL (l->word->word) && (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
{
w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null, turning off qdollaratp", name, value);*/
/* If we return a quoted null with L_HASDOLLARAT, we either have a
construct like "${@-$@}" or "${@-${@-$@}}" with no positional
parameters or a quoted expansion of "$@" with $1 == ''. In either
case, we don't want to enable special handling of $@. */
if (qdollaratp && l_hasdollat)
*qdollaratp = 0;
}
dispose_words (l);
}
else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && l_hasdollat)
{
/* Posix interp 221 changed the rules on this. The idea is that
something like "$xxx$@" should expand the same as "${foo-$xxx$@}"
when foo and xxx are unset. The problem is that it's not in any
way backwards compatible and few other shells do it. We're eventually
going to try and split the difference (heh) a little bit here. */
/* l_hasdollat == 1 means we saw a quoted dollar at. */
/* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
a quoted empty string. Posix interp 888 */
temp = make_quoted_char ('\0');
w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null", name, value);*/
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
if (op == '-' || op == '+')
{
w->word = temp;
return w;
}
/* op == '=' */
t1 = temp ? dequote_string (temp) : savestring ("");
free (temp);
/* bash-4.4/5.0 */
vname = name;
if (*name == '!' &&
(legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))
{
vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (name + 1, SPECIAL_VAR (name, 1), quoted, 1);
if (vname == 0 || *vname == 0)
{
report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name);
free (vname);
free (t1);
dispose_word (w);
return &expand_wdesc_error;
}
if (legal_identifier (vname) == 0)
{
report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), vname);
free (vname);
free (t1);
dispose_word (w);
return &expand_wdesc_error;
}
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (valid_array_reference (vname, 0))
v = assign_array_element (vname, t1, 0);
else
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
v = bind_variable (vname, t1, 0);
if (v == 0 || readonly_p (v) || noassign_p (v)) /* expansion error */
{
if ((v == 0 || readonly_p (v)) && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
}
else
{
if (vname != name)
free (vname);
last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
}
stupidly_hack_special_variables (vname);
if (vname != name)
free (vname);
/* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */
/* If we are double-quoted or if we are not going to be performing word
splitting, we want to quote the value we return appropriately, like
the other expansions this function handles. */
w->word = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) ? quote_string (t1) : quote_escapes (t1);
/* If we have something that's non-null, that's not a quoted null string,
and we're not going to be performing word splitting (we know we're not
because the operator is `='), we can forget we saw a quoted null. */
if (w->word && w->word[0] && QUOTED_NULL (w->word) == 0)
w->flags &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
free (t1);
/* If we convert a null string into a quoted null, make sure the caller
knows it. */
if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && QUOTED_NULL (w->word))
w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
return w;
}
/* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and
used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
printed. */
static void
parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value, check_null)
char *name, *value;
int check_null;
{
WORD_LIST *l;
char *temp;
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); /* ensure it's non-zero */
if (value && *value)
{
l = expand_string (value, 0);
temp = string_list (l);
report_error ("%s: %s", name, temp ? temp : ""); /* XXX was value not "" */
FREE (temp);
dispose_words (l);
}
else if (check_null == 0)
report_error (_("%s: parameter not set"), name);
else
report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name);
/* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
are about to longjmp out. */
free (name);
FREE (value);
}
/* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is
OK to do. */
static int
valid_length_expression (name)
char *name;
{
return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
(DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
valid_array_reference (name + 1, 0) || /* ${#a[7]} */
#endif
legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
}
/* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
length of a parameter. */
static intmax_t
parameter_brace_expand_length (name)
char *name;
{
char *t, *newname;
intmax_t number, arg_index;
WORD_LIST *list;
SHELL_VAR *var;
var = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
number = number_of_args ();
else if (DOLLAR_AT_STAR (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
number = number_of_args ();
else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0')
{
/* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
switch (name[1])
{
case '-':
t = which_set_flags ();
break;
case '?':
t = itos (last_command_exit_value);
break;
case '$':
t = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
break;
case '!':
if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
t = (char *)NULL; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */
else
t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
break;
case '#':
t = itos (number_of_args ());
break;
}
number = STRLEN (t);
FREE (t);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1, 0))
number = array_length_reference (name + 1);
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
else
{
number = 0;
if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */
{
t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
return INTMAX_MIN;
number = MB_STRLEN (t);
FREE (t);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
{
if (assoc_p (var))
t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
else
t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
return INTMAX_MIN;
number = MB_STRLEN (t);
}
#endif
/* Fast path for the common case of taking the length of a non-dynamic
scalar variable value. */
else if ((var || (var = find_variable (name + 1))) &&
invisible_p (var) == 0 &&
array_p (var) == 0 && assoc_p (var) == 0 &&
var->dynamic_value == 0)
number = value_cell (var) ? MB_STRLEN (value_cell (var)) : 0;
else if (var == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error == 0)
number = 0;
else /* ${#PS1} */
{
newname = savestring (name);
newname[0] = '$';
list = expand_string (newname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
t = list ? string_list (list) : (char *)NULL;
free (newname);
if (list)
dispose_words (list);
number = t ? MB_STRLEN (t) : 0;
FREE (t);
}
}
return (number);
}
/* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
The SD_ARITHEXP flag to skip_to_delim takes care of doing this.
*/
static char *
skiparith (substr, delim)
char *substr;
int delim;
{
int i;
char delims[2];
delims[0] = delim;
delims[1] = '\0';
i = skip_to_delim (substr, 0, delims, SD_ARITHEXP);
return (substr + i);
}
/* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used.
Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
static int
verify_substring_values (v, value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p)
SHELL_VAR *v;
char *value, *substr;
int vtype;
intmax_t *e1p, *e2p;
{
char *t, *temp1, *temp2;
arrayind_t len;
int expok;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
ARRAY *a;
HASH_TABLE *h;
#endif
/* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
t = skiparith (substr, ':');
if (*t && *t == ':')
*t = '\0';
else
t = (char *)0;
temp1 = expand_arith_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
*e1p = evalexp (temp1, 0, &expok); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
free (temp1);
if (expok == 0)
return (0);
len = -1; /* paranoia */
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
len = MB_STRLEN (value);
break;
case VT_POSPARMS:
len = number_of_args () + 1;
if (*e1p == 0)
len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */
break;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
/* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative
arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */
if (assoc_p (v))
{
h = assoc_cell (v);
len = assoc_num_elements (h) + (*e1p < 0);
}
else
{
a = (ARRAY *)value;
len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
}
break;
#endif
}
if (len == -1) /* paranoia */
return -1;
if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
*e1p += len;
if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0)
return (-1);
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR)
len = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_num_elements (h) : array_num_elements (a);
#endif
if (t)
{
t++;
temp2 = savestring (t);
temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
free (temp2);
t[-1] = ':';
*e2p = evalexp (temp1, 0, &expok); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
free (temp1);
if (expok == 0)
return (0);
/* Should we allow positional parameter length < 0 to count backwards
from end of positional parameters? */
#if 1
if ((vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR || vtype == VT_POSPARMS) && *e2p < 0)
#else /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR && *e2p < 0)
#endif
{
internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
return (0);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
specific functions. */
if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR)
#endif
{
if (*e2p < 0)
{
*e2p += len;
if (*e2p < 0 || *e2p < *e1p)
{
internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
return (0);
}
}
else
*e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
if (*e2p > len)
*e2p = len;
}
}
else
*e2p = len;
return (1);
}
/* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines.
FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is
non-null and not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is
passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again.
If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
static int
get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, varp, valp)
char *varname, *value;
arrayind_t ind;
int quoted, flags;
SHELL_VAR **varp;
char **valp;
{
int vtype, want_indir;
char *temp, *vname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
arrayind_t lind;
want_indir = *varname == '!' &&
(legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)varname[1]) || DIGIT (varname[1])
|| VALID_INDIR_PARAM (varname[1]));
if (want_indir)
vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (varname+1, SPECIAL_VAR (varname, 1), quoted, 1);
/* XXX - what if vname == 0 || *vname == 0 ? */
else
vname = varname;
if (vname == 0)
{
vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
*varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
*valp = (char *)NULL;
return (vtype);
}
/* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
vtype = STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR (vname);
if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && vname[0] == '*')
vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
*varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (valid_array_reference (vname, 0))
{
v = array_variable_part (vname, 0, &temp, (int *)0);
/* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index,
set LIND to that index */
lind = (ind != INTMAX_MIN && (flags & AV_USEIND)) ? ind : 0;
if (v && invisible_p (v))
{
vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
*varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
*valp = (char *)NULL;
}
if (v && (array_p (v) || assoc_p (v)))
{
if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == RBRACK)
{
/* Callers have to differentiate between indexed and associative */
vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR;
if (temp[0] == '*')
vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
*valp = array_p (v) ? (char *)array_cell (v) : (char *)assoc_cell (v);
}
else
{
vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
*valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
}
*varp = v;
}
else if (v && (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == RBRACK))
{
vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
*varp = v;
if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
*valp = value ? dequote_string (value) : (char *)NULL;
else
*valp = value ? dequote_escapes (value) : (char *)NULL;
}
else
{
vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
*varp = v;
*valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
}
}
else if ((v = find_variable (vname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && (assoc_p (v) || array_p (v)))
{
vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
*varp = v;
*valp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v), 0);
}
else
#endif
{
if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
{
*varp = find_variable (vname);
if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
*valp = dequote_string (value);
else
*valp = dequote_escapes (value);
}
else
*valp = value;
}
if (want_indir)
free (vname);
return vtype;
}
/***********************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to perform transformations on variable values */
/* */
/***********************************************************/
static char *
string_var_assignment (v, s)
SHELL_VAR *v;
char *s;
{
char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *ret, *val;
int i;
val = (v && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0)) ? (char *)NULL : sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
if (i == 0 && val == 0)
return (char *)NULL;
ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + STRLEN (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16 + MAX_ATTRIBUTES);
if (i > 0 && val == 0)
sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s", flags, v->name);
else if (i > 0)
sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
else
sprintf (ret, "%s=%s", v->name, val);
free (val);
return ret;
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static char *
array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, atype)
SHELL_VAR *v;
int itype, quoted, atype;
{
char *ret, *val, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
int i;
if (v == 0)
return (char *)NULL;
if (atype == 2)
val = array_p (v) ? array_to_kvpair (array_cell (v), 0)
: assoc_to_kvpair (assoc_cell (v), 0);
else
val = array_p (v) ? array_to_assign (array_cell (v), 0)
: assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (v), 0);
if (val == 0 && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0))
; /* placeholder */
else if (val == 0)
{
val = (char *)xmalloc (3);
val[0] = LPAREN;
val[1] = RPAREN;
val[2] = 0;
}
else
{
ret = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) ? quote_string (val) : quote_escapes (val);
free (val);
val = ret;
}
if (atype == 2)
return val;
i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + STRLEN (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16);
if (val)
sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
else
sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s", flags, v->name);
free (val);
return ret;
}
#endif
static char *
pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted)
WORD_LIST *list;
int itype;
int quoted;
{
char *temp, *ret;
/* first, we transform the list to quote each word. */
temp = list_transform ('Q', (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (temp) + 8);
strcpy (ret, "set -- ");
strcpy (ret + 7, temp);
free (temp);
return ret;
}
static char *
string_transform (xc, v, s)
int xc;
SHELL_VAR *v;
char *s;
{
char *ret, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *t;
int i;
if (((xc == 'A' || xc == 'a') && v == 0))
return (char *)NULL;
else if (xc != 'a' && xc != 'A' && s == 0)
return (char *)NULL;
switch (xc)
{
/* Transformations that interrogate the variable */
case 'a':
i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
ret = (i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL;
break;
case 'A':
ret = string_var_assignment (v, s);
break;
case 'K':
ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
break;
/* Transformations that modify the variable's value */
case 'E':
t = ansiexpand (s, 0, strlen (s), (int *)0);
ret = dequote_escapes (t);
free (t);
break;
case 'P':
ret = decode_prompt_string (s);
break;
case 'Q':
ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
break;
case 'U':
ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_UPPER);
break;
case 'u':
ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_UPFIRST); /* capitalize */
break;
case 'L':
ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_LOWER);
break;
default:
ret = (char *)NULL;
break;
}
return ret;
}
static char *
list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted)
int xc;
SHELL_VAR *v;
WORD_LIST *list;
int itype, quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *new, *l;
WORD_DESC *w;
char *tword;
int qflags;
for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
{
tword = string_transform (xc, v, l->word->word);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = tword ? tword : savestring (""); /* XXX */
new = make_word_list (w, new);
}
l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
qflags = quoted;
/* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
if (itype == '*' && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */
tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, qflags, 0);
dispose_words (l);
return (tword);
}
static char *
parameter_list_transform (xc, itype, quoted)
int xc;
int itype;
int quoted;
{
char *ret;
WORD_LIST *list;
list = list_rest_of_args ();
if (list == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
if (xc == 'A')
ret = pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted);
else
ret = list_transform (xc, (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
dispose_words (list);
return (ret);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static char *
array_transform (xc, var, starsub, quoted)
int xc;
SHELL_VAR *var;
int starsub; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
int quoted;
{
ARRAY *a;
HASH_TABLE *h;
int itype;
char *ret;
WORD_LIST *list;
SHELL_VAR *v;
v = var; /* XXX - for now */
itype = starsub ? '*' : '@';
if (xc == 'A')
return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, 1));
else if (xc == 'K')
return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, 2));
/* special case for unset arrays and attributes */
if (xc == 'a' && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0))
{
char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
int i;
i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
return ((i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL);
}
a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
if (list == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
ret = list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted);
dispose_words (list);
return ret;
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
static int
valid_parameter_transform (xform)
char *xform;
{
if (xform[1])
return 0;
/* check for valid values of xform[0] */
switch (xform[0])
{
case 'a': /* expand to a string with just attributes */
case 'A': /* expand as an assignment statement with attributes */
case 'K': /* expand assoc array to list of key/value pairs */
case 'E': /* expand like $'...' */
case 'P': /* expand like prompt string */
case 'Q': /* quote reusably */
case 'U': /* transform to uppercase */
case 'u': /* tranform by capitalizing */
case 'L': /* transform to lowercase */
return 1;
default:
return 0;
}
}
static char *
parameter_brace_transform (varname, value, ind, xform, rtype, quoted, pflags, flags)
char *varname, *value;
int ind;
char *xform;
int rtype, quoted, pflags, flags;
{
int vtype, xc, starsub;
char *temp1, *val, *oname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
xc = xform[0];
if (value == 0 && xc != 'A' && xc != 'a')
return ((char *)NULL);
oname = this_command_name;
this_command_name = varname;
vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
if (vtype == -1)
{
this_command_name = oname;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
if (valid_parameter_transform (xform) == 0)
{
this_command_name = oname;
#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 Martin Schulte <gnu@schrader-schulte.de> 10/2020 */
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
#else
return &expand_param_error;
#endif
}
starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
/* If we are asked to display the attributes of an unset variable, V will
be NULL after the call to get_var_and_type. Double-check here. */
if ((xc == 'a' || xc == 'A') && vtype == VT_VARIABLE && varname && v == 0)
v = find_variable (varname);
temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
temp1 = string_transform (xc, v, val);
if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
FREE (val);
if (temp1)
{
val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
? quote_string (temp1)
: quote_escapes (temp1);
free (temp1);
temp1 = val;
}
break;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
temp1 = array_transform (xc, v, starsub, quoted);
if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
{
val = quote_escapes (temp1);
free (temp1);
temp1 = val;
}
break;
#endif
case VT_POSPARMS:
temp1 = parameter_list_transform (xc, varname[0], quoted);
if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
{
val = quote_escapes (temp1);
free (temp1);
temp1 = val;
}
break;
}
this_command_name = oname;
return temp1;
}
/******************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
/* */
/******************************************************/
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
/* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
static char *
mb_substring (string, s, e)
char *string;
int s, e;
{
char *tt;
int start, stop, i;
size_t slen;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
start = 0;
/* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? STRLEN (string) : 0;
i = s;
while (string[start] && i--)
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start);
stop = start;
i = e - s;
while (string[stop] && i--)
ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop);
tt = substring (string, start, stop);
return tt;
}
#endif
/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
static char *
parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, ind, substr, quoted, pflags, flags)
char *varname, *value;
int ind;
char *substr;
int quoted, pflags, flags;
{
intmax_t e1, e2;
int vtype, r, starsub;
char *temp, *val, *tt, *oname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
if (value == 0 && ((varname[0] != '@' && varname[0] != '*') || varname[1]))
return ((char *)NULL);
oname = this_command_name;
this_command_name = varname;
vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
if (vtype == -1)
{
this_command_name = oname;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
r = verify_substring_values (v, val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2);
this_command_name = oname;
if (r <= 0)
{
if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
FREE (val);
return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL);
}
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2);
else
#endif
tt = substring (val, e1, e2);
if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
FREE (val);
if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
temp = quote_string (tt);
else
temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
FREE (tt);
break;
case VT_POSPARMS:
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS)
tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted, pflags);
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* assoc_subrange and array_subrange both call string_list_pos_params,
so we can treat this case just like VT_POSPARAMS. */
else if (assoc_p (v))
/* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th
element -- officially undefined for now */
tt = assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted, pflags);
else
/* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be
sparse, so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers
specified and we rely on array_subrange to understand how to
deal with them). */
tt = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted, pflags);
#endif
/* We want to leave this alone in every case where pos_params/
string_list_pos_params quotes the list members */
if (tt && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
temp = tt; /* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (tt && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
{
temp = tt; /* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
{
temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
FREE (tt);
}
else
temp = tt;
break;
default:
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
return temp;
}
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
static int
shouldexp_replacement (s)
char *s;
{
register char *p;
for (p = s; p && *p; p++)
{
if (*p == '\\')
p++;
else if (*p == '&')
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
#endif
char *
pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
char *string, *pat, *rep;
int mflags;
{
char *ret, *s, *e, *str, *rstr, *mstr, *send;
int rptr, mtype, rxpand, mlen;
size_t rsize, l, replen, rslen;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if (string == 0)
return (savestring (""));
mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK;
#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2? */
rxpand = (rep && *rep) ? shouldexp_replacement (rep) : 0;
#else
rxpand = 0;
#endif
/* Special cases:
* 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
* with REP and return the result.
* 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
* STRING and return the result.
* 3. A null STRING with a matching pattern means to append REP to
* STRING and return the result.
* These don't understand or process `&' in the replacement string.
*/
if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END))
{
replen = STRLEN (rep);
l = STRLEN (string);
ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + l + 2);
if (replen == 0)
strcpy (ret, string);
else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG)
{
strcpy (ret, rep);
strcpy (ret + replen, string);
}
else
{
strcpy (ret, string);
strcpy (ret + l, rep);
}
return (ret);
}
else if (*string == 0 && (match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, &s, &e) != 0))
{
replen = STRLEN (rep);
ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + 1);
if (replen == 0)
ret[0] = '\0';
else
strcpy (ret, rep);
return (ret);
}
ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64);
ret[0] = '\0';
send = string + strlen (string);
for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string; *str;)
{
if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0)
break;
l = s - str;
if (rep && rxpand)
{
int x;
mlen = e - s;
mstr = xmalloc (mlen + 1);
for (x = 0; x < mlen; x++)
mstr[x] = s[x];
mstr[mlen] = '\0';
rstr = strcreplace (rep, '&', mstr, 0);
free (mstr);
rslen = strlen (rstr);
}
else
{
rstr = rep;
rslen = replen;
}
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + rslen), rsize, 64);
/* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
if (l)
{
strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l);
rptr += l;
}
if (replen)
{
strncpy (ret + rptr, rstr, rslen);
rptr += rslen;
}
str = e; /* e == end of match */
if (rstr != rep)
free (rstr);
if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY)
break;
if (s == e)
{
/* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since
we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */
char *p, *origp, *origs;
size_t clen;
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, locale_mb_cur_max, rsize, 64);
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
p = origp = ret + rptr;
origs = str;
COPY_CHAR_P (p, str, send);
rptr += p - origp;
e += str - origs;
#else
ret[rptr++] = *str++;
e++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
#endif
}
}
/* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
if (str && *str)
{
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64);
strcpy (ret + rptr, str);
}
else
ret[rptr] = '\0';
return ret;
}
/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
static char *
pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
char *string, *pat, *rep;
int mflags;
{
WORD_LIST *save, *params;
WORD_DESC *w;
char *ret;
int pchar, qflags, pflags;
save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
if (save == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
for ( ; params; params = params->next)
{
ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
dispose_word (params->word);
params->word = w;
}
pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
pflags = (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS ? PF_ASSIGNRHS : 0;
/* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
if (pchar == '*' && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */
ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags, pflags);
dispose_words (save);
return (ret);
}
/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
the type of quoting currently in effect. */
static char *
parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, ind, patsub, quoted, pflags, flags)
char *varname, *value;
int ind;
char *patsub;
int quoted, pflags, flags;
{
int vtype, mflags, starsub, delim;
char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt, *oname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
if (value == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
oname = this_command_name;
this_command_name = varname; /* error messages */
vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
if (vtype == -1)
{
this_command_name = oname;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
mflags = 0;
/* PATSUB is never NULL when this is called. */
if (*patsub == '/')
{
mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP;
patsub++;
}
/* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
lpatsub = savestring (patsub);
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
if (starsub)
mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS;
/* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking
for the replacement delimiter. */
delim = skip_to_delim (lpatsub, ((*patsub == '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0);
if (lpatsub[delim] == '/')
{
lpatsub[delim] = 0;
rep = lpatsub + delim + 1;
}
else
rep = (char *)NULL;
if (rep && *rep == '\0')
rep = (char *)NULL;
/* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
pattern removal expansions. */
pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1);
if (rep)
{
/* We want to perform quote removal on the expanded replacement even if
the entire expansion is double-quoted because the parser and string
extraction functions treated quotes in the replacement string as
special. THIS IS NOT BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE WITH BASH-4.2. */
if (shell_compatibility_level > 42)
rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted & ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT), expand_string_unsplit);
/* This is the bash-4.2 code. */
else if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
else
rep = expand_string_to_string_internal (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
}
/* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded
pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern
at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement,
though. */
p = pat;
if (mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP)
mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
else if (pat && pat[0] == '#')
{
mflags |= MATCH_BEG;
p++;
}
else if (pat && pat[0] == '%')
{
mflags |= MATCH_END;
p++;
}
else
mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
/* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
code works right. We need to requote special chars after
we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
FREE (val);
if (temp)
{
tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
free (temp);
temp = tt;
}
break;
case VT_POSPARMS:
/* This does the right thing for the case where we are not performing
word splitting. MATCH_STARSUB restricts it to ${* /foo/bar}, and
pos_params_pat_subst/string_list_pos_params will do the right thing
in turn for the case where ifs_is_null. Posix interp 888 */
if ((pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2) && (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB))
mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS;
temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
{
tt = quote_escapes (temp);
free (temp);
temp = tt;
}
break;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
/* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
expanded to make it identical to $*. */
if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null)
mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; /* Posix interp 888 */
/* these eventually call string_list_pos_params */
if (assoc_p (v))
temp = assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
else
temp = array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
{
tt = quote_escapes (temp);
free (temp);
temp = tt;
}
break;
#endif
}
FREE (pat);
FREE (rep);
free (lpatsub);
this_command_name = oname;
return temp;
}
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
/* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */
static char *
pos_params_modcase (string, pat, modop, mflags)
char *string, *pat;
int modop;
int mflags;
{
WORD_LIST *save, *params;
WORD_DESC *w;
char *ret;
int pchar, qflags, pflags;
save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
if (save == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
for ( ; params; params = params->next)
{
ret = sh_modcase (params->word->word, pat, modop);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
dispose_word (params->word);
params->word = w;
}
pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
pflags = (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS ? PF_ASSIGNRHS : 0;
/* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
if (pchar == '*' && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null)
qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */
ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags, pflags);
dispose_words (save);
return (ret);
}
/* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of
VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification
to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting
currently in effect. */
static char *
parameter_brace_casemod (varname, value, ind, modspec, patspec, quoted, pflags, flags)
char *varname, *value;
int ind, modspec;
char *patspec;
int quoted, pflags, flags;
{
int vtype, starsub, modop, mflags, x;
char *val, *temp, *pat, *p, *lpat, *tt, *oname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
if (value == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
oname = this_command_name;
this_command_name = varname;
vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
if (vtype == -1)
{
this_command_name = oname;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
modop = 0;
mflags = 0;
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
if (starsub)
mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS;
p = patspec;
if (modspec == '^')
{
x = p && p[0] == modspec;
modop = x ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_UPFIRST;
p += x;
}
else if (modspec == ',')
{
x = p && p[0] == modspec;
modop = x ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_LOWFIRST;
p += x;
}
else if (modspec == '~')
{
x = p && p[0] == modspec;
modop = x ? CASE_TOGGLEALL : CASE_TOGGLE;
p += x;
}
lpat = p ? savestring (p) : 0;
/* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
pattern removal expansions. */
pat = lpat ? getpattern (lpat, quoted, 1) : 0;
/* OK, now we do the case modification. */
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
temp = sh_modcase (val, pat, modop);
if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
FREE (val);
if (temp)
{
tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
free (temp);
temp = tt;
}
break;
case VT_POSPARMS:
temp = pos_params_modcase (val, pat, modop, mflags);
if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
{
tt = quote_escapes (temp);
free (temp);
temp = tt;
}
break;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
/* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
expanded to make it identical to $*. */
if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null)
mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; /* Posix interp 888 */
temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags)
: array_modcase (array_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags);
if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
/* Posix interp 888 */
}
else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
{
tt = quote_escapes (temp);
free (temp);
temp = tt;
}
break;
#endif
}
FREE (pat);
free (lpat);
this_command_name = oname;
return temp;
}
/* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If
any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0.
Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a
( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens
means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser
will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */
static int
chk_arithsub (s, len)
const char *s;
int len;
{
int i, count;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
i = count = 0;
while (i < len)
{
if (s[i] == LPAREN)
count++;
else if (s[i] == RPAREN)
{
count--;
if (count < 0)
return 0;
}
switch (s[i])
{
default:
ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
break;
case '\\':
i++;
if (s[i])
ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
break;
case '\'':
i = skip_single_quoted (s, len, ++i, 0);
break;
case '"':
i = skip_double_quoted ((char *)s, len, ++i, 0);
break;
}
}
return (count == 0);
}
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
/* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
static WORD_DESC *
parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
char *string;
int *indexp, quoted, pflags, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
{
int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special;
int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub, want_casemod, want_attributes;
char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1;
WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
int t_index, sindex, c, tflag, modspec, local_pflags, all_element_arrayref;
intmax_t number;
arrayind_t ind;
temp = temp1 = value = (char *)NULL;
var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0;
want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = want_casemod = want_attributes = 0;
local_pflags = 0;
all_element_arrayref = 0;
sindex = *indexp;
t_index = ++sindex;
/* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */
if (string[t_index] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string[t_index+1])) /* {{ */
name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "}", SX_VARNAME);
else
#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
/* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
define CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE in config-top.h */
# if defined (CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE)
name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
# else
name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
# endif /* CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE */
#else
name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
#endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
/* Handle ${@[stuff]} now that @ is a word expansion operator. Not exactly
the cleanest code ever. */
if (*name == 0 && sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '@')
{
name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 2);
name[0] = '@';
name[1] = '\0';
t_index++;
}
else if (*name == '!' && t_index > sindex && string[t_index] == '@' && string[t_index+1] == RBRACE)
{
name = (char *)xrealloc (name, t_index - sindex + 2);
name[t_index - sindex] = '@';
name[t_index - sindex + 1] = '\0';
t_index++;
}
ret = 0;
tflag = 0;
ind = INTMAX_MIN;
/* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. This clause is
designed to handle ${#SPECIAL} and ${!SPECIAL}, not anything more
general. */
if ((sindex == t_index && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[t_index])) ||
(sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '#' && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[sindex + 1])) ||
(sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string[t_index])))
{
t_index++;
temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", 0);
name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3 + (strlen (temp1)));
*name = string[sindex];
if (string[sindex] == '!')
{
/* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
name[1] = string[sindex + 1];
strcpy (name + 2, temp1);
}
else
strcpy (name + 1, temp1);
free (temp1);
}
sindex = t_index;
/* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then
do the appropriate thing. */
if (c = string[sindex])
sindex++;
/* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion
characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
a substring specification is being given, and do not move
past it. */
if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex]))
{
check_nullness++;
if (c = string[sindex])
sindex++;
}
else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
want_substring = 1;
else if (c == '/' /* && string[sindex] != RBRACE */) /* XXX */
want_patsub = 1;
#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
else if (c == '^' || c == ',' || c == '~')
{
modspec = c;
want_casemod = 1;
}
#endif
else if (c == '@' && (string[sindex] == 'a' || string[sindex] == 'A') && string[sindex+1] == RBRACE)
{
/* special case because we do not want to shortcut foo as foo[0] here */
want_attributes = 1;
local_pflags |= PF_ALLINDS;
}
/* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
tests above. */
/* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
{
name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3);
name[1] = c;
name[2] = '\0';
c = string[sindex++];
}
/* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */
if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
{
temp = (char *)NULL;
goto bad_substitution; /* XXX - substitution error */
}
/* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
want_indir = *name == '!' &&
(legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1])
|| VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]));
/* Determine the value of this variable whose name is NAME. */
/* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir))
var_is_special++;
/* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
if (*name == '#' && name[1])
{
/* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
to go on. */
if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0))
{
temp = (char *)NULL;
goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */
}
number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name);
if (number == INTMAX_MIN && unbound_vars_is_error)
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (name+1);
free (name);
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
free (name);
*indexp = sindex;
if (number < 0)
return (&expand_wdesc_error);
else
{
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = itos (number);
return ret;
}
}
/* ${@} is identical to $@. */
if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == '\0')
{
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
}
/* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
(string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') &&
legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1]))
{
char **x;
WORD_LIST *xlist;
temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
number = strlen (temp1);
temp1[number - 1] = '\0';
x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1);
xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0);
if (string[sindex - 2] == '*')
temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist, quoted, 0);
else
{
temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted, 0);
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
}
free (x);
dispose_words (xlist);
free (temp1);
*indexp = sindex;
free (name);
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp;
ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
return ret;
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */
if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
string[sindex - 2] == RBRACK && valid_array_reference (name+1, 0))
{
char *x, *x1;
temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
x = array_variable_name (temp1, 0, &x1, (int *)0);
FREE (x);
if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == RBRACK)
{
temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted, pflags); /* handles assoc vars too */
if (x1[0] == '@')
{
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
}
free (name);
free (temp1);
*indexp = sindex;
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp;
ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
return ret;
}
free (temp1);
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
/* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name,
var_is_special) == 0)
{
temp = (char *)NULL;
goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */
}
if (want_indir)
{
tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, pflags|local_pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
{
temp = (char *)NULL;
goto bad_substitution;
}
/* Turn off the W_ARRAYIND flag because there is no way for this function
to return the index we're supposed to be using. */
if (tdesc && tdesc->flags)
tdesc->flags &= ~W_ARRAYIND;
}
else
{
local_pflags |= PF_IGNUNBOUND|(pflags&(PF_NOSPLIT2|PF_ASSIGNRHS));
tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, local_pflags, &ind);
}
if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
{
tflag = 0;
tdesc = 0;
}
if (tdesc)
{
temp = tdesc->word;
tflag = tdesc->flags;
dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
}
else
temp = (char *)0;
if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal)
{
FREE (name);
FREE (value);
return (temp == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
{
int qflags;
char *t;
qflags = quoted;
/* If in a context where word splitting will not take place, treat as
if double-quoted. Has effects with $* and ${array[*]} */
if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES;
/* We duplicate a little code here */
t = mbschr (name, LBRACK);
if (t && ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[1]) && t[2] == RBRACK)
{
all_element_arrayref = 1;
if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && t[1] == '*') /* XXX */
qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES;
}
chk_atstar (name, qflags, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
}
#endif
var_is_set = temp != (char *)0;
var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0);
/* XXX - this may not need to be restricted to special variables */
if (check_nullness)
var_is_null |= var_is_set && var_is_special && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp);
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (check_nullness)
var_is_null |= var_is_set &&
(quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) &&
QUOTED_NULL (temp) &&
valid_array_reference (name, 0) &&
chk_atstar (name, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
#endif
/* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
if (c && c != RBRACE)
{
/* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
according to the Posix.2 rules. */
value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, (c == '%' || c == '#' || c =='/' || c == '^' || c == ',' || c ==':') ? SX_POSIXEXP|SX_WORD : SX_WORD);
if (string[sindex] == RBRACE)
sindex++;
else
goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */
}
else
value = (char *)NULL;
*indexp = sindex;
/* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound
variable error. */
if (want_substring || want_patsub || want_casemod || c == '@' || c == '#' || c == '%' || c == RBRACE)
{
if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && ((name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '*') || name[1]) && all_element_arrayref == 0)
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (name);
FREE (value);
FREE (temp);
free (name);
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
}
/* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
if (want_substring)
{
temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
FREE (value);
FREE (temp);
if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
{
FREE (name);
return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp1;
/* We test quoted_dollar_atp because we want variants with double-quoted
"$@" to take a different code path. In fact, we make sure at the end
of expand_word_internal that we're only looking at these flags if
quoted_dollar_at == 0. */
if (temp1 &&
(quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 &&
(pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
/* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
FREE (name);
return ret;
}
else if (want_patsub)
{
temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
FREE (value);
FREE (temp);
if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
{
FREE (name);
return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp1;
if (temp1 &&
(quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
/* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
FREE (name);
return ret;
}
#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
else if (want_casemod)
{
temp1 = parameter_brace_casemod (name, temp, ind, modspec, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
FREE (value);
FREE (temp);
if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
{
FREE (name);
return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp1;
if (temp1 &&
(quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
/* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
FREE (name);
return ret;
}
#endif
/* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
switch (c)
{
default:
case '\0':
bad_substitution:
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
FREE (value);
FREE (temp);
free (name);
if (shell_compatibility_level <= 43)
return &expand_wdesc_error;
else
return ((posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0) ? &expand_wdesc_fatal : &expand_wdesc_error);
case RBRACE:
break;
case '@':
temp1 = parameter_brace_transform (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
free (temp);
free (value);
if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
{
free (name);
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp1;
if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
/* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
free (name);
return ret;
case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
{
FREE (value);
break;
}
temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
free (temp);
free (value);
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->word = temp1;
if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
/* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
free (name);
return ret;
case '-':
case '=':
case '?':
case '+':
if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0)
{
/* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
if (c == '+')
{
/* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 0;
FREE (temp);
if (value)
{
/* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221
requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside
double-quoted ${...} be removed. */
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c,
quoted,
pflags,
quoted_dollar_atp,
contains_dollar_at);
/* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */
free (value);
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
else
{
FREE (value);
}
/* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
}
else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
{
FREE (temp);
temp = (char *)NULL;
if (c == '=' && var_is_special)
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name);
free (name);
free (value);
return &expand_wdesc_error;
}
else if (c == '?')
{
parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value, check_nullness);
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
else if (c != '+')
{
/* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
*quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 0;
/* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires
that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be
removed. */
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, pflags,
quoted_dollar_atp,
contains_dollar_at);
/* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */
}
free (value);
}
break;
}
free (name);
if (ret == 0)
{
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->flags = tflag;
ret->word = temp;
}
return (ret);
}
/* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
static WORD_DESC *
param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p,
pflags)
char *string;
int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at;
int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags;
{
char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3], *savecmd;
int zindex, t_index, expok;
unsigned char c;
intmax_t number;
SHELL_VAR *var;
WORD_LIST *list, *l;
WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
int tflag, nullarg;
/*itrace("param_expand: `%s' pflags = %d", string+*sindex, pflags);*/
zindex = *sindex;
c = string[++zindex];
temp = (char *)NULL;
ret = tdesc = (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
tflag = 0;
/* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
switch (c)
{
/* $0 .. $9? */
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)];
/* This doesn't get called when (pflags&PF_IGNUNBOUND) != 0 */
if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL)
{
uerror[0] = '$';
uerror[1] = c;
uerror[2] = '\0';
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (uerror);
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
if (temp1)
temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
? quote_string (temp1)
: quote_escapes (temp1);
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
break;
/* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
case '$':
temp = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
break;
/* $# -- number of positional parameters. */
case '#':
temp = itos (number_of_args ());
break;
/* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */
case '?':
temp = itos (last_command_exit_value);
break;
/* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */
case '-':
temp = which_set_flags ();
break;
/* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */
case '!':
/* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing.
If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have
been created, this is an expansion error. */
if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
{
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 0;
temp = (char *)NULL;
if (unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
{
uerror[0] = '$';
uerror[1] = c;
uerror[2] = '\0';
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (uerror);
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
}
else
temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
break;
/* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
case '*': /* `$*' */
list = list_rest_of_args ();
#if 0
/* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
<20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
"The shell shall write a message to standard error and
immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
*/
if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
{
uerror[0] = '$';
uerror[1] = '*';
uerror[2] = '\0';
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (uerror);
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
#endif
/* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
even if it's quoted. */
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0)
temp = (char *)NULL;
else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
{
/* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
null, the parameters are concatenated. */
temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list (list);
if (temp)
{
temp1 = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? quote_string (temp) : temp;
if (*temp == 0)
tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
if (temp != temp1)
free (temp);
temp = temp1;
}
}
else
{
/* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here,
for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of
an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the
arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is
identical to $@ */
if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
{
/* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS unset: no splitting,
separate with space */
temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags);
temp = temp1 ? quote_string (temp1) : temp1;
/* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
if (temp1 && *temp1 == 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
tflag |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
FREE (temp1);
}
else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
{
/* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to '' */
temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags);
temp = temp1 ? quote_escapes (temp1) : temp1;
FREE (temp1);
}
else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
{
/* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to non-null value */
temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags);
temp = temp1 ? quote_string (temp1) : temp1;
/* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
if (temp1 && *temp1 == 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
tflag |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
FREE (temp1);
}
/* XXX - should we check ifs_is_set here as well? */
# if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
# else
else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc == 0)
# endif
/* Posix interp 888: not RHS, no splitting, IFS set to '' */
temp = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0);
else
{
temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0);
/* Set W_SPLITSPACE to make sure the individual positional
parameters are split into separate arguments */
#if 0
if (quoted == 0 && (ifs_is_set == 0 || ifs_is_null))
#else /* change with bash-5.0 */
if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
#endif
tflag |= W_SPLITSPACE;
/* If we're not quoted but we still don't want word splitting, make
we quote the IFS characters to protect them from splitting (e.g.,
when $@ is in the string as well). */
else if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
{
temp1 = quote_string (temp);
free (temp);
temp = temp1;
}
}
if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
}
dispose_words (list);
break;
/* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This
means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into
the individually quoted arguments so that the final split
on the first character of $IFS is still done. */
case '@': /* `$@' */
list = list_rest_of_args ();
#if 0
/* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
<20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
"The shell shall write a message to standard error and
immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
*/
if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
{
uerror[0] = '$';
uerror[1] = '@';
uerror[2] = '\0';
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (uerror);
return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
#endif
for (nullarg = 0, l = list; l; l = l->next)
{
if (l->word && (l->word->word == 0 || l->word->word[0] == 0))
nullarg = 1;
}
/* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
way to signal that the final split on the first character
of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
/* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */
if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
*quoted_dollar_at_p = 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
/* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first
character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space.
We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
/* XXX - what to do when in a context where word splitting is not
performed? Even when IFS is not the default, posix seems to imply
that we have to expand $@ to all the positional parameters and
separate them with spaces, which are preserved because word splitting
doesn't take place. See below for how we use PF_NOSPLIT2 here. */
/* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed. */
if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
{
temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, (quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES), pflags);
if (nullarg)
tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* we know quoting produces quoted nulls */
}
/* This needs to match what expand_word_internal does with non-quoted $@
does with separating with spaces. Passing Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES means that
the characters in LIST will be quoted, and PF_ASSIGNRHS ensures that
they will separated by spaces. After doing this, we need the special
handling for PF_NOSPLIT2 in expand_word_internal to remove the CTLESC
quotes. */
else if (pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2)
{
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc[0] != ' ')
#else
if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc != ' ')
#endif
/* Posix interp 888 */
temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, pflags);
else
temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags);
}
else
temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags);
tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
dispose_words (list);
break;
case LBRACE:
tdesc = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted, pflags,
quoted_dollar_at_p,
contains_dollar_at);
if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
return (tdesc);
temp = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)0;
/* XXX */
/* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
in the string. */
/* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
the end of this function if there are no other characters
in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
special handling. */
if (tdesc && tdesc->word && (tdesc->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
{
if (had_quoted_null_p)
*had_quoted_null_p = 1;
if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0)
{
free (temp);
tdesc->word = temp = (char *)NULL;
}
}
ret = tdesc;
goto return0;
/* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
case LPAREN:
/* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
t_index = zindex + 1;
/* XXX - might want to check for string[t_index+2] == LPAREN and parse
as arithmetic substitution immediately. */
temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index, (pflags&PF_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0);
zindex = t_index;
/* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
if (temp && *temp == LPAREN)
{
char *temp2;
temp1 = temp + 1;
temp2 = savestring (temp1);
t_index = strlen (temp2) - 1;
if (temp2[t_index] != RPAREN)
{
free (temp2);
goto comsub;
}
/* Cut off ending `)' */
temp2[t_index] = '\0';
if (chk_arithsub (temp2, t_index) == 0)
{
free (temp2);
#if 0
internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"));
#endif
goto comsub;
}
/* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH);
free (temp2);
arithsub:
/* No error messages. */
savecmd = this_command_name;
this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
number = evalexp (temp1, EXP_EXPANDED, &expok);
this_command_name = savecmd;
free (temp);
free (temp1);
if (expok == 0)
{
if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
else
return (&expand_wdesc_error);
}
temp = itos (number);
break;
}
comsub:
if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB)
/* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1);
else
{
tdesc = command_substitute (temp, quoted, pflags&PF_ASSIGNRHS);
temp1 = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)NULL;
if (tdesc)
dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
}
FREE (temp);
temp = temp1;
break;
/* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
away in a future bash release. */
case '[': /*]*/
/* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
t_index = zindex + 1;
temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index);
zindex = t_index;
if (temp == 0)
{
temp = savestring (string);
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 0;
goto return0;
}
/* Do initial variable expansion. */
temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH);
goto arithsub;
default:
/* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */
temp = (char *)NULL;
for (t_index = zindex; (c = string[zindex]) && legal_variable_char (c); zindex++)
;
temp1 = (zindex > t_index) ? substring (string, t_index, zindex) : (char *)NULL;
/* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */
if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0')
{
FREE (temp1);
temp = (char *)xmalloc (2);
temp[0] = '$';
temp[1] = '\0';
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 0;
goto return0;
}
/* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
var = find_variable (temp1);
if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var))
{
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (assoc_p (var) || array_p (var))
{
temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0)
: assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
if (temp)
temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
? quote_string (temp)
: quote_escapes (temp);
else if (unbound_vars_is_error)
goto unbound_variable;
}
else
#endif
{
temp = value_cell (var);
temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
? quote_string (temp)
: ((pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? quote_rhs (temp)
: quote_escapes (temp));
}
free (temp1);
goto return0;
}
else if (var && (invisible_p (var) || var_isset (var) == 0))
temp = (char *)NULL;
else if ((var = find_variable_last_nameref (temp1, 0)) && var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
{
temp = nameref_cell (var);
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp, 0))
{
tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (temp, SPECIAL_VAR (temp, 0), quoted, pflags, (arrayind_t *)NULL);
if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
return (tdesc);
ret = tdesc;
goto return0;
}
else
#endif
/* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo $x is not the same as echo $2 in ksh */
if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0)
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp);
return (&expand_wdesc_error); /* XXX */
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
temp = (char *)NULL;
unbound_variable:
if (unbound_vars_is_error)
{
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
err_unboundvar (temp1);
}
else
{
free (temp1);
goto return0;
}
free (temp1);
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0)
? &expand_wdesc_fatal
: &expand_wdesc_error);
}
if (string[zindex])
zindex++;
return0:
*sindex = zindex;
if (ret == 0)
{
ret = alloc_word_desc ();
ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
ret->word = temp;
}
return ret;
}
void
invalidate_cached_quoted_dollar_at ()
{
dispose_words (cached_quoted_dollar_at);
cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0;
}
/* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and
quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is
the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the
word list returned is also null.
QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h.
ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be
treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for
how IFS characters in the word are treated.
CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null
they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion.
CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero.
EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions,
else zero.
This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that
case, we split on ' '. */
/* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */
#define UNQUOTED 0
#define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1
#define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2
static WORD_LIST *
expand_word_internal (word, quoted, isexp, contains_dollar_at, expanded_something)
WORD_DESC *word;
int quoted, isexp;
int *contains_dollar_at;
int *expanded_something;
{
WORD_LIST *list;
WORD_DESC *tword;
/* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
char *istring;
/* The current size of the above object. */
size_t istring_size;
/* Index into ISTRING. */
int istring_index;
/* Temporary string storage. */
char *temp, *temp1;
/* The text of WORD. */
register char *string;
/* The size of STRING. */
size_t string_size;
/* The index into STRING. */
int sindex;
/* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */
int quoted_dollar_at;
/* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on
whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted
string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
int quoted_state;
/* State flags */
int had_quoted_null;
int has_quoted_ifs; /* did we add a quoted $IFS character here? */
int has_dollar_at, temp_has_dollar_at;
int split_on_spaces;
int local_expanded;
int tflag;
int pflags; /* flags passed to param_expand */
int mb_cur_max;
int assignoff; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */
register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */
int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
char twochars[2];
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
/* OK, let's see if we can optimize a common idiom: "$@" */
if (STREQ (word->word, "\"$@\"") &&
(word->flags == (W_HASDOLLAR|W_QUOTED)) &&
dollar_vars[1]) /* XXX - check IFS here as well? */
{
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 1;
if (cached_quoted_dollar_at)
return (copy_word_list (cached_quoted_dollar_at));
list = list_rest_of_args ();
list = quote_list (list);
cached_quoted_dollar_at = copy_word_list (list);
return (list);
}
istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE);
istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0';
quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0;
has_quoted_ifs = 0;
split_on_spaces = 0;
quoted_state = UNQUOTED;
string = word->word;
if (string == 0)
goto finished_with_string;
mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
/* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless
multibyte characters are possible, but do need it for bounds checking. */
string_size = (mb_cur_max > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 0;
assignoff = -1;
/* Begin the expansion. */
for (sindex = 0; ;)
{
c = string[sindex];
/* Case on top-level character. */
switch (c)
{
case '\0':
goto finished_with_string;
case CTLESC:
sindex++;
#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
if (mb_cur_max > 1 && string[sindex])
{
SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
}
else
#endif
{
temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
temp[0] = CTLESC;
temp[1] = c = string[sindex];
temp[2] = '\0';
}
dollar_add_string:
if (string[sindex])
sindex++;
add_string:
if (temp)
{
istring = sub_append_string (temp, istring, &istring_index, &istring_size);
temp = (char *)0;
}
break;
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
/* Process substitution. */
case '<':
case '>':
{
/* XXX - technically this should only be expanded at the start
of a word */
if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (word->flags & (W_DQUOTE|W_NOPROCSUB)))
{
sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
goto add_character;
}
else
t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index, 0); /*))*/
sindex = t_index;
/* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if
it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child
and consume input. */
temp = temp1 ? process_substitute (temp1, (c == '>')) : (char *)0;
FREE (temp1);
goto dollar_add_string;
}
#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
case '=':
/* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
even in POSIX mode. */
if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOTILDE))
{
if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
goto add_ifs_character;
else
goto add_character;
}
/* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde
expansion, note where the first `=' appears in the word and prepare
to do tilde expansion following the first `='. We have to keep
track of the first `=' (using assignoff) to avoid being confused
by an `=' in the rhs of the assignment statement. */
if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
(posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
assignoff == -1 && sindex > 0)
assignoff = sindex;
if (sindex == assignoff && string[sindex+1] == '~') /* XXX */
word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG)
word->flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; /* affects $@ */
if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
{
has_quoted_ifs++;
goto add_ifs_character;
}
else
goto add_character;
case ':':
if (word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_NOASSNTILDE))
{
if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
goto add_ifs_character;
else
goto add_character;
}
if ((word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_ASSIGNRHS)) &&
(posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
string[sindex+1] == '~')
word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
goto add_ifs_character;
else
goto add_character;
case '~':
/* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not
at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an
assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. We don't
do tilde expansion if quoted or in an arithmetic context. */
if ((word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_DQUOTE)) ||
(sindex > 0 && ((word->flags & W_ITILDE) == 0)) ||
(quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
{
word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
goto add_ifs_character;
else
goto add_character;
}
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
tflag = 2;
else if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_TILDEEXP))
tflag = 1;
else
tflag = 0;
temp = bash_tilde_find_word (string + sindex, tflag, &t_index);
word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
if (temp && *temp && t_index > 0)
{
temp1 = bash_tilde_expand (temp, tflag);
if (temp1 && *temp1 == '~' && STREQ (temp, temp1))
{
FREE (temp);
FREE (temp1);
goto add_character; /* tilde expansion failed */
}
free (temp);
temp = temp1;
sindex += t_index;
goto add_quoted_string; /* XXX was add_string */
}
else
{
FREE (temp);
goto add_character;
}
case '$':
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 1;
local_expanded = 1;
temp_has_dollar_at = 0;
pflags = (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0;
if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2)
pflags |= PF_NOSPLIT2;
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS;
if (word->flags & W_COMPLETE)
pflags |= PF_COMPLETE;
tword = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
&temp_has_dollar_at, &quoted_dollar_at,
&had_quoted_null, pflags);
has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at;
split_on_spaces += (tword->flags & W_SPLITSPACE);
if (tword == &expand_wdesc_error || tword == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
{
free (string);
free (istring);
return ((tword == &expand_wdesc_error) ? &expand_word_error
: &expand_word_fatal);
}
if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
if (tword && (tword->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
if (tword && (tword->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL))
had_quoted_null = 1; /* XXX */
temp = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
dispose_word_desc (tword);
/* Kill quoted nulls; we will add them back at the end of
expand_word_internal if nothing else in the string */
if (had_quoted_null && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
{
FREE (temp);
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
goto add_string;
break;
case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
{
t_index = sindex++;
temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", SX_REQMATCH);
/* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of
` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */
if (temp == &extract_string_error || temp == &extract_string_fatal)
{
if (sindex - 1 == t_index)
{
sindex = t_index;
goto add_character;
}
set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string+t_index);
free (string);
free (istring);
return ((temp == &extract_string_error) ? &expand_word_error
: &expand_word_fatal);
}
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 1;
local_expanded = 1;
if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
/* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1);
else
{
de_backslash (temp);
tword = command_substitute (temp, quoted, 0);
temp1 = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
if (tword)
dispose_word_desc (tword);
}
FREE (temp);
temp = temp1;
goto dollar_add_string;
}
case '\\':
if (string[sindex + 1] == '\n')
{
sindex += 2;
continue;
}
c = string[++sindex];
/* "However, the double-quote character ( '"' ) shall not be treated
specially within a here-document, except when the double-quote
appears within "$()", "``", or "${}"." */
if ((quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT) && (quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == '"')
tflag = CBSDQUOTE; /* special case */
else if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
tflag = CBSHDOC;
else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
tflag = CBSDQUOTE;
else
tflag = 0;
/* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping
a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */
if ((quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == RBRACE)
{
SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
}
/* This is the fix for " $@\ " */
else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0) && isexp == 0 && isifs (c))
{
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
istring[istring_index++] = '\\';
istring[istring_index] = '\0';
SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
}
else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && c == 0)
{
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
istring[istring_index++] = '\\';
istring[istring_index] = '\0';
break;
}
else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0))
{
SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size);
}
else if (c == 0)
{
c = CTLNUL;
sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
goto add_character;
}
else
{
SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
}
sindex++;
add_twochars:
/* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0];
istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1];
istring[istring_index] = '\0';
break;
case '"':
if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && ((quoted & Q_ARITH) == 0))
goto add_character;
t_index = ++sindex;
temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, (word->flags & W_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0);
/* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
whole word was quoted. */
quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
? WHOLLY_QUOTED
: PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
if (temp && *temp)
{
tword = alloc_word_desc ();
tword->word = temp;
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG)
tword->flags |= word->flags & (W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNRHS); /* affects $@ */
if (word->flags & W_COMPLETE)
tword->flags |= W_COMPLETE; /* for command substitutions */
if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
tword->flags |= W_NOCOMSUB;
if (word->flags & W_NOPROCSUB)
tword->flags |= W_NOPROCSUB;
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS;
temp = (char *)NULL;
temp_has_dollar_at = 0; /* does this quoted (sub)string include $@? */
/* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */
list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &temp_has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL);
has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at;
if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal)
{
free (istring);
free (string);
/* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word
for us because of the way it prints error messages. */
tword->word = (char *)NULL;
dispose_word (tword);
return list;
}
dispose_word (tword);
/* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
parameters. Posix interp 888 says that other parts of the
word that expand to quoted nulls result in quoted nulls, so
we can't just throw the entire word away if we have "$@"
anywhere in it. We use had_quoted_null to keep track */
if (list == 0 && temp_has_dollar_at) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
{
quoted_dollar_at++;
break;
}
/* If this list comes back with a quoted null from expansion,
we have either "$x" or "$@" with $1 == ''. In either case,
we need to make sure we add a quoted null argument and
disable the special handling that "$@" gets. */
if (list && list->word && list->next == 0 && (list->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
{
if (had_quoted_null && temp_has_dollar_at)
quoted_dollar_at++;
had_quoted_null = 1; /* XXX */
}
/* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
multiple words. */
if (list)
dequote_list (list);
if (temp_has_dollar_at) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
{
quoted_dollar_at++;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 1;
local_expanded = 1;
}
}
else
{
/* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
FREE (temp);
list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
}
/* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the
rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added
as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we
quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and
add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this
(and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators
as well), so we go directly to add_string. */
if (list)
{
if (list->next)
{
/* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
temp = quoted_dollar_at
? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0)
: string_list (quote_list (list));
dispose_words (list);
goto add_string;
}
else
{
temp = savestring (list->word->word);
tflag = list->word->flags;
dispose_words (list);
/* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
the empty string, though. We do this because we
want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
contain other characters. For example, if we have
x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
the $* should expand into nothing. */
/* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the
cases: a quoted null character as above and when
CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to
pass the value through this function to its caller. */
if ((tflag & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0)
remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */
}
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)
had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
/* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
partially quoted; we can throw them away. The exception to
this is when we are going to be performing word splitting,
since we have to preserve a null argument if the next character
will cause word splitting. */
if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_EXPANDRHS|W_ASSIGNRHS)) == W_EXPANDRHS)
{
c = CTLNUL;
sindex--;
had_quoted_null = 1;
goto add_character;
}
if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)))
continue;
add_quoted_string:
if (temp)
{
temp1 = temp;
temp = quote_string (temp);
free (temp1);
goto add_string;
}
else
{
/* Add NULL arg. */
c = CTLNUL;
sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
goto add_character;
}
/* break; */
case '\'':
if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
goto add_character;
t_index = ++sindex;
temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &sindex);
/* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes,
then the string is wholly quoted. */
quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
? WHOLLY_QUOTED
: PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
/* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
if (*temp == '\0')
{
free (temp);
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
else
remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */
if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)
had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
/* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. See above for the
exception, which is when the string is going to be split.
Posix interp 888/1129 */
if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_EXPANDRHS|W_ASSIGNRHS)) == W_EXPANDRHS)
{
c = CTLNUL;
sindex--;
goto add_character;
}
if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED) && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)))
continue;
/* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
if (temp == 0)
{
c = CTLNUL;
sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
goto add_character;
}
else
goto add_quoted_string;
/* break; */
case ' ':
/* If we are in a context where the word is not going to be split, but
we need to account for $@ and $* producing one word for each
positional parameter, add quoted spaces so the spaces in the
expansion of "$@", if any, behave correctly. We still may need to
split if we are expanding the rhs of a word expansion. */
if (ifs_is_null || split_on_spaces || ((word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2|W_ASSIGNRHS)) && (word->flags & W_EXPANDRHS) == 0))
{
if (string[sindex])
sindex++;
twochars[0] = CTLESC;
twochars[1] = c;
goto add_twochars;
}
/* FALLTHROUGH */
default:
/* This is the fix for " $@ " */
add_ifs_character:
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c) && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0))
{
if ((quoted&(Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)
has_quoted_ifs++;
add_quoted_character:
if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
sindex++;
if (c == 0)
{
c = CTLNUL;
goto add_character;
}
else
{
#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
/* XXX - should make sure that c is actually multibyte,
otherwise we can use the twochars branch */
if (mb_cur_max > 1)
sindex--;
if (mb_cur_max > 1)
{
SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
}
else
#endif
{
twochars[0] = CTLESC;
twochars[1] = c;
goto add_twochars;
}
}
}
SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size);
add_character:
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size,
DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
istring[istring_index++] = c;
istring[istring_index] = '\0';
/* Next character. */
sindex++;
}
}
finished_with_string:
/* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and
quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise
we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to
do if nothing has been expanded. */
/* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty
string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings
which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single
exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no
positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */
/* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially
quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL
if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty.
"" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when
processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx""
equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we
saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we
need to. */
/* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes
in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word.
The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when
there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw
the word away. */
if (*istring == '\0')
{
if (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && (had_quoted_null || quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
{
istring[0] = CTLNUL;
istring[1] = '\0';
tword = alloc_word_desc ();
tword->word = istring;
istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
}
/* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
word is removed. */
/* XXX - exception appears to be that quoted null strings result in
null arguments */
else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at)
list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
else
list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
}
else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT)
{
tword = alloc_word_desc ();
tword->word = istring;
if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */
if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; /* XXX */
if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */
if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE; /* XXX */
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
else if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
{
list = list_string (istring, "", quoted);
tword = list->word;
if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
free (list);
free (istring);
istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
goto set_word_flags;
}
else
{
char *ifs_chars;
ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL;
/* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. If
SPLIT_ON_SPACES is set, we expanded $* (unquoted) with IFS either
unset or null, and we want to make sure that we split on spaces
regardless of what else has happened to IFS since the expansion,
or we expanded "$@" with IFS null and we need to split the positional
parameters into separate words. */
if (split_on_spaces)
{
/* If IFS is not set, and the word is not quoted, we want to split
the individual words on $' \t\n'. We rely on previous steps to
quote the portions of the word that should not be split */
if (ifs_is_set == 0)
list = list_string (istring, " \t\n", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
else
list = list_string (istring, " ", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
}
/* If we have $@ (has_dollar_at != 0) and we are in a context where we
don't want to split the result (W_NOSPLIT2), and we are not quoted,
we have already separated the arguments with the first character of
$IFS. In this case, we want to return a list with a single word
with the separator possibly replaced with a space (it's what other
shells seem to do).
quoted_dollar_at is internal to this function and is set if we are
passed an argument that is unquoted (quoted == 0) but we encounter a
double-quoted $@ while expanding it. */
else if (has_dollar_at && quoted_dollar_at == 0 && ifs_chars && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2))
{
tword = alloc_word_desc ();
/* Only split and rejoin if we have to */
if (*ifs_chars && *ifs_chars != ' ')
{
/* list_string dequotes CTLESCs in the string it's passed, so we
need it to get the space separation right if space isn't the
first character in IFS (but is present) and to remove the
quoting we added back in param_expand(). */
list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
/* This isn't exactly right in the case where we're expanding
the RHS of an expansion like ${var-$@} where IFS=: (for
example). The W_NOSPLIT2 means we do the separation with :;
the list_string removes the quotes and breaks the string into
a list, and the string_list rejoins it on spaces. When we
return, we expect to be able to split the results, but the
space separation means the right split doesn't happen. */
tword->word = string_list (list);
}
else
tword->word = istring;
if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
if (tword->word != istring)
free (istring);
istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
goto set_word_flags;
}
else if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars)
list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
else
{
tword = alloc_word_desc ();
if (expanded_something && *expanded_something == 0 && has_quoted_ifs)
tword->word = remove_quoted_ifs (istring);
else
tword->word = istring;
if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring)) /* should check for more than one */
tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
else if (had_quoted_null)
tword->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
if (tword->word != istring)
free (istring);
istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
set_word_flags:
if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED))
tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT;
if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN;
if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB;
if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE;
list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
}
free (istring);
return (list);
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Functions for Quote Removal */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
char *
string_quote_removal (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
size_t slen;
char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send;
int sindex, tindex, dquote;
unsigned char c;
DECLARE_MBSTATE;
/* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
slen = strlen (string);
send = string + slen;
r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];)
{
switch (c)
{
case '\\':
c = string[++sindex];
if (c == 0)
{
*r++ = '\\';
break;
}
if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0)
*r++ = '\\';
/* FALLTHROUGH */
default:
SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex);
break;
case '\'':
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote)
{
*r++ = c;
sindex++;
break;
}
tindex = sindex + 1;
temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &tindex);
if (temp)
{
strcpy (r, temp);
r += strlen (r);
free (temp);
}
sindex = tindex;
break;
case '"':
dquote = 1 - dquote;
sindex++;
break;
}
}
*r = '\0';
return (result_string);
}
#if 0
/* UNUSED */
/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
WORD_DESC *. */
WORD_DESC *
word_quote_removal (word, quoted)
WORD_DESC *word;
int quoted;
{
WORD_DESC *w;
char *t;
t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted);
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = t ? t : savestring ("");
return (w);
}
/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
WORD_LIST *
word_list_quote_removal (list, quoted)
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
{
tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
#if 0
result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
#else
if (result == 0)
result = e = tresult;
else
{
e->next = tresult;
while (e->next)
e = e->next;
}
#endif
}
return (result);
}
#endif
/*******************************************
* *
* Functions to perform word splitting *
* *
*******************************************/
void
setifs (v)
SHELL_VAR *v;
{
char *t;
unsigned char uc;
ifs_var = v;
ifs_value = (v && value_cell (v)) ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
ifs_is_set = ifs_var != 0;
ifs_is_null = ifs_is_set && (*ifs_value == 0);
/* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
handle multibyte chars in IFS */
memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
{
uc = *t;
ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
}
#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
if (ifs_value == 0)
{
ifs_firstc[0] = '\0'; /* XXX - ? */
ifs_firstc_len = 1;
}
else
{
if (locale_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (*ifs_value))
ifs_firstc_len = (*ifs_value != 0) ? 1 : 0;
else
{
size_t ifs_len;
ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX);
ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len);
}
if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || ifs_firstc_len == 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len))
{
ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0];
ifs_firstc[1] = '\0';
ifs_firstc_len = 1;
}
else
memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len);
}
#else
ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
#endif
}
char *
getifs ()
{
return ifs_value;
}
/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
don't do any splitting. */
WORD_LIST *
word_split (w, ifs_chars)
WORD_DESC *w;
char *ifs_chars;
{
WORD_LIST *result;
if (w)
{
char *xifs;
xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars;
result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED);
}
else
result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
return (result);
}
/* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible
to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */
static WORD_LIST *
word_list_split (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
WORD_DESC *w;
for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
{
tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value);
/* POSIX 2.6: "If the complete expansion appropriate for a word results
in an empty field, that empty field shall be deleted from the list
of fields that form the completely expanded command, unless the
original word contained single-quote or double-quote characters."
This is where we handle these words that contain quoted null strings
and other characters that expand to nothing after word splitting. */
if (tresult == 0 && t->word && (t->word->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)) /* XXX */
{
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = (char *)xmalloc (1);
w->word[0] = '\0';
tresult = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
if (result == 0)
result = e = tresult;
else
{
e->next = tresult;
while (e->next)
e = e->next;
}
}
return (result);
}
/**************************************************
* *
* Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST *
* *
**************************************************/
/* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
static void
exp_jump_to_top_level (v)
int v;
{
set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value);
/* Cleanup code goes here. */
expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */
if (expanding_redir)
undo_partial_redirects ();
expanding_redir = 0;
assigning_in_environment = 0;
if (parse_and_execute_level == 0)
top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */
jump_to_top_level (v);
}
/* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
#define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
/* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
static WORD_LIST *
separate_out_assignments (tlist)
WORD_LIST *tlist;
{
register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp;
if (tlist == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
if (subst_assign_varlist)
dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */
subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
vp = lp = tlist;
/* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
Loop postcondition:
lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
tlist = original list of words
*/
while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT))
{
vp = lp;
lp = lp->next;
}
/* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
if (lp != tlist)
{
subst_assign_varlist = tlist;
/* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */
tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */
}
/* vp == end of variable list */
/* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */
if (!tlist)
/* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
/* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */
/* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
/* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
if (place_keywords_in_env)
{
WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
tp = tlist;
lp = tlist->next;
/* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */
/* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */
while (lp)
{
if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
{
/* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
if (!subst_assign_varlist)
subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp;
else
{
vp->next = lp;
vp = lp;
}
/* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */
tp->next = lp->next;
/* ASSERT(vp == lp); */
lp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
lp = tp->next;
}
else
{
tp = lp;
lp = lp->next;
}
}
}
return (tlist);
}
#define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001
#define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002
#define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004
#define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008
#define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010
/* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of
the list. */
#define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
/* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of
the list. */
#define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
/* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter
expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and
quote removal. */
#define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP)
/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
variable assignments. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_words (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_ALL));
}
/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
variables. */
WORD_LIST *
expand_words_no_vars (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_NOVARS));
}
WORD_LIST *
expand_words_shellexp (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_SHELLEXP));
}
static WORD_LIST *
glob_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
WORD_LIST *tlist;
int eflags;
{
char **glob_array, *temp_string;
register int glob_index;
WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next;
WORD_DESC *tword;
int x;
output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
glob_array = (char **)NULL;
while (tlist)
{
/* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is
added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are
added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list
of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob
expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the
original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
words are freed. */
next = tlist->next;
/* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
pattern matching character, then glob it. */
if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 &&
unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word))
{
glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word, QGLOB_CTLESC); /* XXX */
/* Handle error cases.
I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
or directory". However, I would like to report errors
like "Read failed". */
if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array))
{
glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL;
}
/* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */
if (glob_array[0] == NULL)
{
temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
free (tlist->word->word);
tlist->word->word = temp_string;
}
/* Make the array into a word list. */
glob_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++)
{
tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]);
glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list);
}
if (glob_list)
{
output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list);
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
}
else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word);
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0)
{
/* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
}
else
{
/* Failed glob expressions are removed. */
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
}
}
else
{
/* Dequote the string. */
temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
free (tlist->word->word);
tlist->word->word = temp_string;
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
}
strvec_dispose (glob_array);
glob_array = (char **)NULL;
tlist = next;
}
if (disposables)
dispose_words (disposables);
if (output_list)
output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
return (output_list);
}
#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
static WORD_LIST *
brace_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
WORD_LIST *tlist;
int eflags;
{
register char **expansions;
char *temp_string;
WORD_LIST *disposables, *output_list, *next;
WORD_DESC *w;
int eindex;
for (disposables = output_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; tlist; tlist = next)
{
next = tlist->next;
if (tlist->word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
{
/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_NOBRACE", tlist->word->word);*/
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
continue;
}
if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
{
/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
continue;
}
/* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is
basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
is reached. */
if (mbschr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE))
{
expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word);
for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++)
{
w = alloc_word_desc ();
w->word = temp_string;
/* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
unconditionally someday -- XXX */
if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word))
w->flags = tlist->word->flags;
else
w = make_word_flags (w, temp_string);
output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list);
}
free (expansions);
/* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace
expansion has been performed. */
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
}
else
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
}
if (disposables)
dispose_words (disposables);
if (output_list)
output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
return (output_list);
}
#endif
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* Take WORD, a compound array assignment, and internally run (for example),
'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. OPTION is
the list of options to supply to `declare'. CMD is the declaration command
we are expanding right now; it's unused currently. */
static int
make_internal_declare (word, option, cmd)
char *word;
char *option;
char *cmd;
{
int t, r;
WORD_LIST *wl;
WORD_DESC *w;
w = make_word (word);
t = assignment (w->word, 0);
if (w->word[t] == '=')
{
w->word[t] = '\0';
if (w->word[t - 1] == '+') /* cut off any append op */
w->word[t - 1] = '\0';
}
wl = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
wl = make_word_list (make_word (option), wl);
r = declare_builtin (wl);
dispose_words (wl);
return r;
}
/* Expand VALUE in NAME[+]=( VALUE ) to a list of words. FLAGS is 1 if NAME
is an associative array.
If we are processing an indexed array, expand_compound_array_assignment
will expand all the individual words and quote_compound_array_list will
single-quote them. If we are processing an associative array, we use
parse_string_to_word_list to split VALUE into a list of words instead of
faking up a shell variable and calling expand_compound_array_assignment.
expand_and_quote_assoc_word expands and single-quotes each word in VALUE
together so we don't have problems finding the end of the subscript when
quoting it.
Words in VALUE can be individual words, which are expanded and single-quoted,
or words of the form [IND]=VALUE, which end up as explained below, as
['expanded-ind']='expanded-value'. */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_oneword (value, flags)
char *value;
int flags;
{
WORD_LIST *l, *nl;
char *t;
int kvpair;
if (flags == 0)
{
/* Indexed array */
l = expand_compound_array_assignment ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL, value, flags);
/* Now we quote the results of the expansion above to prevent double
expansion. */
quote_compound_array_list (l, flags);
return l;
}
else
{
/* Associative array */
l = parse_string_to_word_list (value, 1, "array assign");
#if ASSOC_KVPAIR_ASSIGNMENT
kvpair = kvpair_assignment_p (l);
#endif
/* For associative arrays, with their arbitrary subscripts, we have to
expand and quote in one step so we don't have to search for the
closing right bracket more than once. */
for (nl = l; nl; nl = nl->next)
{
#if ASSOC_KVPAIR_ASSIGNMENT
if (kvpair)
/* keys and values undergo the same set of expansions */
t = expand_and_quote_kvpair_word (nl->word->word);
else
#endif
if ((nl->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0)
t = sh_single_quote (nl->word->word ? nl->word->word : "");
else
t = expand_and_quote_assoc_word (nl->word->word, flags);
free (nl->word->word);
nl->word->word = t;
}
return l;
}
}
/* Expand a single compound assignment argument to a declaration builtin.
This word takes the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ). The NAME[+]= is passed through
unchanged. The VALUE is expanded and each word in the result is single-
quoted. Words of the form [key]=value end up as
['expanded-key']='expanded-value'. Associative arrays have special
handling, see expand_oneword() above. The return value is
NAME[+]=( expanded-and-quoted-VALUE ). */
static void
expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist, flags)
WORD_LIST *tlist;
int flags;
{
WORD_LIST *l;
int wlen, oind, t;
char *value, *temp;
/*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: original word = -%s-", tlist->word->word);*/
t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0);
/* value doesn't have the open and close parens */
oind = 1;
value = extract_array_assignment_list (tlist->word->word + t + 1, &oind);
/* This performs one round of expansion on the index/key and value and
single-quotes each word in the result. */
l = expand_oneword (value, flags);
free (value);
value = string_list (l);
dispose_words (l);
wlen = STRLEN (value);
/* Now, let's rebuild the string */
temp = xmalloc (t + 3 + wlen + 1); /* name[+]=(value) */
memcpy (temp, tlist->word->word, ++t);
temp[t++] = '(';
if (value)
memcpy (temp + t, value, wlen);
t += wlen;
temp[t++] = ')';
temp[t] = '\0';
/*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: reconstructed word = -%s-", temp);*/
free (tlist->word->word);
tlist->word->word = temp;
free (value);
}
/* Expand and process an argument to a declaration command. We have already
set flags in TLIST->word->flags depending on the declaration command
(declare, local, etc.) and the options supplied to it (-a, -A, etc.).
TLIST->word->word is of the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ).
This does several things, all using pieces of other functions to get the
evaluation sequence right. It's called for compound array assignments with
the W_ASSIGNMENT flag set (basically, valid identifier names on the lhs).
It parses out which flags need to be set for declare to create the variable
correctly, then calls declare internally (make_internal_declare) to make
sure the variable exists with the correct attributes. Before the variable
is created, it calls expand_compound_assignment_word to expand VALUE to a
list of words, appropriately quoted for further evaluation. This preserves
the semantics of word-expansion-before-calling-builtins. Finally, it calls
do_word_assignment to perform the expansion and assignment with the same
expansion semantics as a standalone assignment statement (no word splitting,
etc.) even though the word is single-quoted so all that needs to happen is
quote removal. */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_declaration_argument (tlist, wcmd)
WORD_LIST *tlist, *wcmd;
{
char opts[16], omap[128];
int t, opti, oind, skip, inheriting;
WORD_LIST *l;
inheriting = localvar_inherit;
opti = 0;
if (tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL|W_CHKLOCAL|W_ASSIGNARRAY))
opts[opti++] = '-';
if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL))
{
opts[opti++] = 'g';
opts[opti++] = 'A';
}
else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
{
opts[opti++] = 'A';
}
else if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL))
{
opts[opti++] = 'g';
opts[opti++] = 'a';
}
else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNARRAY)
{
opts[opti++] = 'a';
}
else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL)
opts[opti++] = 'g';
if (tlist->word->flags & W_CHKLOCAL)
opts[opti++] = 'G';
/* If we have special handling note the integer attribute and others
that transform the value upon assignment. What we do is take all
of the option arguments and scan through them looking for options
that cause such transformations, and add them to the `opts' array. */
memset (omap, '\0', sizeof (omap));
for (l = wcmd->next; l != tlist; l = l->next)
{
if (l->word->word[0] != '-')
break; /* non-option argument */
if (l->word->word[0] == '-' && l->word->word[1] == '-' && l->word->word[2] == 0)
break; /* -- signals end of options */
for (oind = 1; l->word->word[oind]; oind++)
switch (l->word->word[oind])
{
case 'I':
inheriting = 1;
case 'i':
case 'l':
case 'u':
case 'c':
omap[l->word->word[oind]] = 1;
if (opti == 0)
opts[opti++] = '-';
break;
default:
break;
}
}
for (oind = 0; oind < sizeof (omap); oind++)
if (omap[oind])
opts[opti++] = oind;
/* If there are no -a/-A options, but we have a compound assignment,
we have a choice: we can set opts[0]='-', opts[1]='a', since the
default is to create an indexed array, and call
make_internal_declare with that, or we can just skip the -a and let
declare_builtin deal with it. Once we're here, we're better set
up for the latter, since we don't want to deal with looking up
any existing variable here -- better to let declare_builtin do it.
We need the variable created, though, especially if it's local, so
we get the scoping right before we call do_word_assignment.
To ensure that make_local_declare gets called, we add `--' if there
aren't any options. */
if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSIGNARRAY)) == 0)
{
if (opti == 0)
{
opts[opti++] = '-';
opts[opti++] = '-';
}
}
opts[opti] = '\0';
/* This isn't perfect, but it's a start. Improvements later. We expand
tlist->word->word and single-quote the results to avoid multiple
expansions by, say, do_assignment_internal(). We have to weigh the
cost of reconstructing the compound assignment string with its single
quoting and letting the declare builtin handle it. The single quotes
will prevent any unwanted additional expansion or word splitting. */
expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist, (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC) ? 1 : 0);
skip = 0;
if (opti > 0)
{
t = make_internal_declare (tlist->word->word, opts, wcmd ? wcmd->word->word : (char *)0);
if (t != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
{
last_command_exit_value = t;
if (tlist->word->flags & W_FORCELOCAL) /* non-fatal error */
skip = 1;
else
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
}
if (skip == 0)
{
t = do_word_assignment (tlist->word, 0);
if (t == 0)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
}
/* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */
t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0);
tlist->word->word[t] = '\0';
if (tlist->word->word[t - 1] == '+')
tlist->word->word[t - 1] = '\0'; /* cut off append op */
tlist->word->flags &= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT|W_NOSPLIT|W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSIGNARRAY);
return (tlist);
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
static WORD_LIST *
shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
WORD_LIST *tlist;
int eflags;
{
WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list, *wcmd;
int expanded_something, has_dollar_at;
/* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
wcmd = new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next)
{
if (wcmd == 0 && (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN))
wcmd = tlist;
next = tlist->next;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
/* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts
such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform
it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell
functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments,
because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on
its own. */
if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
expand_declaration_argument (tlist, wcmd);
#endif
expanded_something = 0;
expanded = expand_word_internal
(tlist->word, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at, &expanded_something);
if (expanded == &expand_word_error || expanded == &expand_word_fatal)
{
/* By convention, each time this error is returned,
tlist->word->word has already been freed. */
tlist->word->word = (char *)NULL;
/* Dispose our copy of the original list. */
dispose_words (orig_list);
/* Dispose the new list we're building. */
dispose_words (new_list);
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
if (expanded == &expand_word_error)
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
else
exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
}
/* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
if (expanded_something && (tlist->word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) == 0)
{
temp_list = word_list_split (expanded);
dispose_words (expanded);
}
else
{
/* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process
substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then
do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted
null characters from the result. */
word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded);
temp_list = expanded;
}
expanded = REVERSE_LIST (temp_list, WORD_LIST *);
new_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (expanded, new_list);
}
if (orig_list)
dispose_words (orig_list);
if (new_list)
new_list = REVERSE_LIST (new_list, WORD_LIST *);
return (new_list);
}
/* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars ().
First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words.
Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are
performed.
This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion; words
with W_NOBRACE set do not undergo brace expansion (see
brace_expand_word_list above). */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags)
WORD_LIST *list;
int eflags;
{
WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list;
int tint;
char *savecmd;
tempenv_assign_error = 0;
if (list == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list);
if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN)
{
garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list);
if (new_list == 0)
{
if (subst_assign_varlist)
{
/* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
into the shell's environment. */
for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
{
savecmd = this_command_name;
this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no arithmetic errors */
tint = do_word_assignment (temp_list->word, 0);
this_command_name = savecmd;
/* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit, unless
they are being run by the `command' builtin. */
if (tint == 0)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct && executing_command_builtin == 0)
exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
else
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
}
dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
}
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
}
/* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on
things that aren't really variable assignments. */
#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
/* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters
in the string. */
if ((eflags & WEXP_BRACEEXP) && brace_expansion && new_list)
new_list = brace_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
/* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and
variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
and word splitting. */
new_list = shell_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
/* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename
globbing. */
if (new_list)
{
if ((eflags & WEXP_PATHEXP) && disallow_filename_globbing == 0)
/* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */
new_list = glob_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
else
/* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */
new_list = dequote_list (new_list);
}
if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist)
{
sh_wassign_func_t *assign_func;
int is_special_builtin, is_builtin_or_func;
/* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
environment. */
assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_word_assignment;
tempenv_assign_error = 0;
is_builtin_or_func = (new_list && new_list->word && (find_shell_builtin (new_list->word->word) || find_function (new_list->word->word)));
/* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error
occurs in an assignment preceding it. */
is_special_builtin = (posixly_correct && new_list && new_list->word && find_special_builtin (new_list->word->word));
for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
{
savecmd = this_command_name;
this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
assigning_in_environment = (assign_func == assign_in_env);
tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word, is_builtin_or_func);
assigning_in_environment = 0;
this_command_name = savecmd;
/* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
if (tint == 0)
{
if (assign_func == do_word_assignment)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
else
exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
else if (interactive_shell == 0 && is_special_builtin)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
}
else
tempenv_assign_error++;
}
}
dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
}
return (new_list);
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink